9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100, Richmond, Virginia 23233(804) 934-9999www.cbtrustcorp.comNASDAQ Capital Market: ESXB2014 ANNUAL REPORT COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION ESSEX BANK VIRGINIA REGION
MARYLAND REGION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Burgess Office
(804) 453-4268
Callao Office
(804) 529-5546
Centerville Office
(804) 784-4000
Annapolis Office
(443) 596-7515
Arnold Office
(410) 757-7777
Bowie Office
(301) 850-5071
Deep Run at Mayland Office
(804) 934-9999
Catonsville Office
(410) 747-6200
Crofton Office
(410) 721-8444
Rockville Office
(301) 294-9350
Rosedale Office
(410) 574-3303
Fairfax Loan Production Office
(703) 385-4596
Flat Rock Office
(804) 598-6839
Goochland Courthouse Office
(804) 556-6722
King William Office
(804) 769-2265
Louisa Office
(540) 967-5900
Lynchburg Loan Production Office
(434) 485-0090
Mechanicsville Office
(804) 730-3222
Prince Street Office
(804) 443-8510
Tappahannock Office
(804) 443-8500
Virginia Center Office
(804) 262-3991
West Point Office
(804) 843-4347
Winterfield Office
(804) 419-4160
Gerald F. Barber
Consultant
Retired Transaction Services Partner, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Richard F. Bozard
Retired Vice President and Treasurer, Owens & Minor, Inc.
Glenn J. Dozier
Senior Management Consultant and Acting Chief Financial Officer,
MolecularMD Corp.
P. Emerson Hughes, Jr.
Chairman, Holiday Barn Pet Resorts
Troy A. Peery, Jr.
President, Peery Enterprises
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
President and Chief Financial Officer, Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
S. Waite Rawls III
Co-Chief Executive Officer, American Civil War Museum
Rex L. Smith, III
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Community Bankers Trust Corporation and Essex Bank
John C. Watkins
Chairman, Watkins Nurseries, Inc.
Member of the Senate of Virginia, 10th Senatorial District
Robin Traywick Williams
Writer
Stock Transfer Agent
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place, New York, NY 10004
(212) 509-4000, extension 536
(212) 509-5150 fax
www.continentalstock.com
Investor Relations
Corporate Secretary
Community Bankers Trust Corporation
9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100
Richmond, VA 23233
(804) 934-9999 fax (804) 934-9299
he past year was distinct from other years in many ways. Distinct in that we concluded all of our past remediation plans and distinct in that we began on a new mission of positive growth for the Company and our shareholders. In the first half of the year, we paid off all of our outstanding debt to the United States Treasury under TARP without any dilution to our shareholders. We consolidated operations from around the Company into a new headquarters office, cutting overall operating costs. We also opened new branches in Annapolis, Maryland and in Richmond, Virginia. By the second half of the year, the Company was in full growth mode. Non-interest bearing deposits were increasing, and the new branches were rapidly gaining market share. We added new teams of loan officers in both our Commercial and Industrial line of business and the small business banking group. All of this leads to growth in market share and growth in earnings per share. By December 31, 2014, the Company had total assets of $1.156 billion, an increase of $66.2 million, or 6.1%, from total assets of $1.090 billion at December 31, 2013. Total loans were $727.5 million at December 31, 2014, increasing $58.0 million from $669.4 million at December 31, 2013. Total non-covered loans were $664.7 million at December 31, 2014 versus $596.2 million at December 31, 2013. Total non-covered loans increased $63.8 million, or 10.7%, during 2014. The Company’s total loan to deposit ratio was 79.16% at December 31, 2014 versus 75.02% at December 31, 2013. The increase in the loan to deposit ratio is the direct result of the robust non-covered loan growth previously mentioned. This growth in loans and a continued discipline on noninterest expenses propelled net income to a 27.3% improvement over the prior year. Net income was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with $5.9 million for the 2013 fiscal year. The Company also benefited from continued control of expenses, including a significant reduction in credit related expenses. For 2015, we expect our growth to continue, but the competitive environment is putting pressure on loan yields. We continue to look at ways to make our retail delivery systems more efficient and relevant to today’s market. Our e-banking To Our ShareholdersGrowth in loans and a continued discipline on noninterest expenses propelled net income to a 27.3% improvement over the prior year. Net income was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with $5.9 million for the 2013 fiscal year. group was launched in 2014 and continues to add products and services that can be safely delivered to all devices. This will improve our overall efficiency and enhance the deposit cost mix. Our goal is to be the Bank for all generations, not only in the traditional sense, but also for everyone who needs full service on their own terms and the convenience of their own means, whether they are mobile applications, voice systems or in-person branch visits.As we continue to grow the franchise, we expect to gain better efficiencies of scale, which enhance overall value. We operate in some of the best growth markets in the country, and gaining market share is imperative. We appreciate all the support from our shareholders and look forward to great things together.John C. Watkins Rex L. Smith, III Chairman of the Board President and CEOOur group was launched in 2014 and continues to add products and services that can be safely delivered to all devices. UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
⌧⌧⌧⌧ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
or
(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2)(cid:2) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-32590
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Virginia
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100
Richmond, Virginia
(Address of principal executive offices)
20-2652949
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
23233
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (804) 934-9999
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:2) No ⌧
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:2) No ⌧
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ⌧ No (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ⌧ No (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer (cid:2)
Non-accelerated filer (cid:2) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Accelerated filer ⌧
Smaller reporting company (cid:2)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:2) No ⌧
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at
which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most
recently completed second fiscal quarter. $92,402,613
On February 28, 2015, there were 21,795,273 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01, outstanding, which is the only class of
the registrant’s common stock.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be used in conjunction with the registrant’s
2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated into Part III of this Form 10-K.
Page
3
12
19
19
20
20
21
23
24
45
47
102
102
102
103
103
103
103
103
104
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FORM 10-K
December 31, 2014
PART I
Business
Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART III
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
PART IV
2
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
GENERAL
PART I
The Company is headquartered in Richmond, Virginia and is the holding company for Essex Bank (the “Bank”), a Virginia state
bank with 21 full-service offices in Virginia and Maryland. The Bank also operates two loan production offices in Virginia.
The Bank was established in 1926. The Bank engages in a general commercial banking business and provides a wide range of
financial services primarily to individuals and small businesses, including individual and commercial demand and time deposit
accounts, commercial and industrial loans, consumer and small business loans, real estate and mortgage loans, investment services,
on-line and mobile banking products, and safe deposit box facilities. Fourteen full-service offices are located in Virginia, from the
Chesapeake Bay to just west of Richmond, and seven are located in Maryland along the Baltimore-Washington corridor.
Essex Services, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. Essex Services and its financial consultants offer a broad range of
investment products and alternatives through an affiliation with Infinex Investments, Inc., an independent broker-dealer. It also offers
insurance products through an ownership interest in Bankers Insurance, LLC, an independent insurance agency. Essex Services was
formed to sell title insurance to the Bank’s mortgage loan customers.
The Company’s corporate headquarters are located at 9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100, Richmond, Virginia 23233. The
telephone number of the corporate headquarters is (804) 934-9999.
The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ESXB”.
STRATEGY
The Company’s strategy is to be recognized as the premier provider of financial services by exceeding the service expectations
of all of its customers and shareholders while creating a rewarding environment for its employees. The Company will accomplish this
goal while operating in a safe and sound manner to provide a desirable return to its investors.
The Company has adopted and implemented a formal strategic plan that centers on the following key issues:
• Ensuring profitable controlled growth in earnings
• Improving the overall risk profile of the Company through enterprise risk management
• Solidifying strong management practices with a focus on value added
During 2014, the Company focused on growth in its core markets by increasing loan production, decreasing operating expenses
and increasing net income The Company accomplished these results as it grew loans by $58.0 million and added two new retail
banking offices. The Company also eliminated its obligation to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) under
its voluntary Capital Purchase Program. (See “– TARP Investment” below.)
The Company expects to continue this growth through a combination of de novo branching, expansion of loan production offices
and possible acquisitions that are immediately accretive in value.
Other specific priorities, as outlined in the Company’s strategic plan, include the following matters:
• Organically growing the size of the loan portfolio
• Changing the deposit mix to more transaction-based accounts by adding additional demand deposits
• Utilizing technology to attract new customers and lower costs
• Significantly reducing costs associated with non-performing assets and other real estate owned
• Enhancing the delivery system of its fee-based products
• Continuing to control non-interest expense through better technology use and other efficiencies in processes
The Company believes that it has the ability and capacity to successful execute its strategies, which will enhance the major profit
drivers of the Company. The implementation of these strategies will lead to an increase in profitability for shareholders.
3
OPERATIONS
The Company’s operating strategy is delineated by business lines and by the functional support areas that help accomplish the
stated goals and financial budget of the organization. A major component of future income is growth in three core business lines –
retail and small business banking, commercial and industrial banking and real estate lending. These core businesses, combined with
the Company’s geographic locations, dictate the market position that the Company needs to take to be successful. The majority of new
loan growth will occur in all three lines, although the retail segment primarily provides the funding through core deposit relationship
growth.
Retail and Small Business Banking
The Company markets to consumers in geographic areas around its branch network not only through existing bricks and mortar,
but also with alternative delivery mechanisms and new product development such as online banking, remote deposit capture, mobile
banking and telephonic banking. In addition, the Company attracts new customers by making its service through these distribution
points convenient. All of the Company’s existing markets are prime targets for expanding the consumer side of its business with full
loan and deposit relationships, and the Company has restructured its retail group to accommodate growth. In addition, the Company is
focused on potential growth in new market areas in which it currently operates loan production offices.
Commercial and Industrial Banking
In the commercial and industrial banking group, the Company focuses on small to mid-sized business customers (sales of $5
million to $15 million each year) who are not targeted by larger banks and for whom smaller community banks have limited expertise.
The Company has an experienced team with a strong loan pipeline. The typical relationship consists of working capital lines and
equipment loans with the primary deposit accounts of the customer. Most of these relationships will be new to the Company and
create strong and positive growth potential.
Commercial Real Estate Lending
The Company has historically held a significant concentration in real estate loans. The current strategy is to manage the existing
real estate acquisition, development and construction loans and add income producing property loans to the real estate portfolio. The
Company originates both owner occupied and non-owner occupied borrowings where the cash flows provide significant debt coverage
for the relationship.
COMPETITION
Within its market areas in Virginia and Maryland, the Company operates in a highly competitive environment, competing for
deposits and loans with commercial corporations, savings banks and other financial institutions, including non-bank competitors,
many of which possess substantially greater financial resources than those available to the Company. Many of these institutions have
significantly higher lending limits than the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that other financial institutions, with
substantially greater resources than the Company, will not establish operations in its service area. The financial services industry
remains highly competitive and is constantly evolving.
The activities in which the Company engages are highly competitive. Financial institutions such as credit unions, consumer
finance companies, insurance companies, brokerage companies and other financial institutions with varying degrees of regulatory
restrictions compete vigorously for a share of the financial services market. Brokerage and insurance companies continue to become
more competitive in the financial services arena and pose an ever increasing challenge to banks. Legislative changes also greatly affect
the level of competition that the Company faces. Federal legislation allows credit unions to use their expanded membership
capabilities, combined with tax-free status, to compete more fiercely for traditional bank business. The tax-free status granted to credit
unions provides them a significant competitive advantage. Many of the largest banks operating in Virginia and Maryland, including
some of the largest banks in the country, have offices in the Company’s market areas. Many of these institutions have capital
resources, broader geographic markets, and legal lending limits substantially in excess of those available to the Company. The
Company faces competition from institutions that offer products and services that it does not or cannot currently offer. Some
institutions with which the Company competes offer interest rate levels on loan and deposit products that the Company is unwilling to
offer due to interest rate risk and overall profitability concerns. The Company expects the level of competition to increase.
Factors such as rates offered on loan and deposit products, types of products offered, and the number and location of branch
offices, as well as the reputation of institutions in the market, affect competition for loans and deposits. The Company emphasizes
customer service, establishing long-term relationships with its customers, thereby creating customer loyalty, and providing adequate
product lines for individuals and small to medium-sized business customers.
4
The Company would not be materially or adversely impacted by the loss of a single customer. The Company is not dependent
upon a single or a few customers.
CORPORATE HISTORY
The Company was initially formed as a special purpose acquisition company under the name “Community Bankers Acquisition
Corp.” As a “Targeted Acquisition Corporation”SM or “TAC,”SM the Company was formed to effect a merger, capital stock exchange,
asset acquisition or other similar business combination with an operating business in the banking industry. In May 2008, the
Company acquired each of TransCommunity Financial Corporation, a Virginia corporation (TFC), and BOE Financial Services of
Virginia, Inc., a Virginia corporation (BOE). The Company changed its corporate name in connection with the acquisitions.
Formed in 2001, TFC was a financial holding company and the parent company of TransCommunity Bank, N.A. Until June
2007, TFC was the holding company for four separately-chartered banking subsidiaries — Bank of Powhatan, Bank of Goochland,
Bank of Louisa and Bank of Rockbridge. In June 2007, these four subsidiaries were consolidated into a new TransCommunity Bank,
N.A. Each former subsidiary then operated as a division of TransCommunity Bank, but retained its name and local identity in the
community that it served.
BOE was incorporated under Virginia law in 2000 to become the holding company for the Bank.
In connection with the May 2008 mergers, each of the Bank, then a wholly-owned subsidiary of BOE, and TransCommunity
Bank, N.A., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TFC, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and they were operated initially
as separate banking subsidiaries. In July 2008, TransCommunity Bank was consolidated into the Bank under the Bank’s state charter.
Until 2010, the former branch offices of TFC operated as separate divisions under the Bank’s charter, using the names of TFC’s
former banking subsidiaries.
In November 2008, the Bank acquired certain fixed assets and assumed all deposit liabilities relating to four former branch
offices of The Community Bank (TCB), a Georgia state-chartered bank, following its failure. The transaction was consummated
pursuant to a Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the FDIC, both as Receiver for The Community Bank and in its
corporate capacity, and the Bank. The Bank sold those offices and related deposits to Community & Southern Bank on November 8,
2013.
In January 2009, the Bank acquired substantially all assets and assumed all deposit and certain other liabilities relating to seven
former branch offices of Suburban Federal Savings Bank, Crofton, Maryland (SFSB), following its failure. The transaction was
consummated pursuant to a Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the FDIC, both as Receiver for SFSB and in its
corporate capacity, and the Bank. The Bank entered into a shared loss arrangement with the FDIC with respect to loans and real estate
assets acquired.
On January 1, 2014, the Company completed a reincorporation from Delaware, its original state of incorporation, to Virginia.
As a result of the reincorporation, the Company’s corporate affairs are now governed by Virginia law. The purpose of the
reincorporation to Virginia is expected annual cost savings of over $175,000 that the Company will realize from the difference
between Delaware’s franchise tax and Virginia’s annual corporate fee. The form of the reincorporation was the merger of the then
existing Delaware corporation into a newly created Virginia corporation. The Company retained the same name and conducts
business in the same manner as before the reincorporation. In addition, all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s
common stock and preferred stock became shares of a Virginia corporation. The reincorporation had no effect on the Bank and its
operations.
TARP INVESTMENT
In December 2008, the Company issued 17,680 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the
“Series A Preferred Stock”) and a related common stock warrant to the Treasury for a total price of $17,680,000. The issuance and
receipt of proceeds from the Treasury were made under its voluntary Capital Purchase Program. The Series A Preferred Stock
qualifies as Tier 1 capital. The Series A Preferred Stock had a liquidation amount per share equal to $1,000. The Series A Preferred
Stock paid cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years and thereafter at a rate of 9% per year. The Company
may defer dividend payments, but the dividend is a cumulative dividend that accrues for payment in the future. The common stock
warrant permitted the Treasury to purchase 780,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.40 per share.
During 2013 and 2014, the Company repurchased all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In 2013, the
Company repurchased 7,000 shares and funded it through the earnings of its banking subsidiary. The Company paid the Treasury
$7.0 million, which represented 100% of the par value of the preferred stock repurchased plus accrued dividends with respect to such
shares. On April 23, 2014, the Company repurchased the remaining 10,680 shares and funded it through an unsecured third-party term
loan. The Company paid the Treasury $10.9 million, which represented 100% of the par value of the preferred stock repurchased plus
5
accrued dividends with respect to such shares. The form of all repurchases were redemptions under the terms of the Series A
Preferred Stock.
On June 4, 2014, the Company paid the Treasury $780,000 to repurchase the warrant that had been associated with the Series A
Preferred Stock. The Company used its own funds to repurchase the warrant.
There are no other investments from the Company's participation in the Capital Purchase Program that remain outstanding.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 227 full-time equivalent employees, including executive officers, loan and other
banking officers, branch personnel, operations personnel and other support personnel. None of the Company’s employees is
represented by a union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. Management of the Company considers its employee
relations to be excellent.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company files with or furnishes to the Securities and Exchange Commission annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy
statements, and various other documents under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The public
may read and copy any materials that the Company files with or furnishes to the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, which is
located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference
Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. Also, the SEC maintains an internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy
and information statements and other information regarding registrants, including the Company, that file or furnish documents
electronically with the SEC.
The Company also makes available free of charge on or through our internet website (www.cbtrustcorp.com) its annual report on
Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and, if applicable, amendments to those reports as filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such
materials with, or furnishes them to, the SEC.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the
“BHCA”), and the examination and reporting requirements of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal
Reserve”). Other federal and state laws govern the activities of our bank subsidiary, including the activities in which it may engage,
the investments that it makes, the aggregate amount of loans that it may grant to one borrower, and the dividends it may declare and
pay to us. Our bank subsidiary is also subject to various consumer and compliance laws. As a state-chartered bank, the Bank is
primarily subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Virginia State Corporation
Commission (the “SCC”). Our bank subsidiary also is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC.
The following description discusses certain provisions of federal and state laws and certain regulations and the potential impact
of such provisions on the Company and the Bank. These federal and state laws and regulations have been enacted generally for the
protection of depositors in banks and not for the protection of shareholders of bank holding companies or banks.
Bank Holding Companies
The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the BHCA and, as a result, is subject to regulation by the Federal
Reserve. Accordingly, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to file periodic reports
regarding its operations and any additional information that the Federal Reserve may require. The BHCA generally limits the activities
of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing or controlling banks, or any other activity that is so
closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident to it. While federal law permits bank holding
companies from any states to acquire banks and bank holding companies located in any other state, or to establish interstate de novo
branches, the Federal Reserve has jurisdiction under the BHCA to approve any bank or nonbank acquisition, merger or consolidation,
or the establishment of any interstate de novo branches, proposed by a bank holding company.
There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their depository institution
subsidiaries by federal law and regulatory policy that are designed to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositor of such depository
institutions and to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) in the event the depository institution becomes in danger of default
or in default. For example, under a policy of the Federal Reserve with respect to bank holding company operations, a bank holding
6
company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to
support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so otherwise.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of
any insured depository institution by any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of
the institution prior to payment of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or
shareholders in the event that a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of the Bank.
The Company was required to register in Virginia with the SCC under the financial institution holding company laws of
Virginia. Accordingly, the Company is subject to regulation and supervision by the SCC.
The Dodd-Frank Act
In July 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the
“Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act significantly restructures the financial regulatory regime in the United States and has a
broad impact on the financial services industry. While some rulemaking under the Dodd-Frank Act has occurred, many of the act’s
provisions require study or rulemaking by federal agencies, a process which will take years to implement fully.
Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act provides for new capital standards that eliminate the treatment of trust preferred
securities as Tier 1 capital. Existing trust preferred securities are grandfathered for banking entities with less than $15 billion of assets,
such as the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently raises deposit insurance levels to $250,000, and until December 31, 2012
provided unlimited deposit insurance coverage for transaction accounts. Pursuant to modifications under the Dodd-Frank Act, deposit
insurance assessments will be calculated based on an insured depository institution’s assets rather than its insured deposits and the
minimum reserve ratio of the FDIC’s DIF is to be raised to 1.35%. The payment of interest on business demand deposit accounts is
permitted by the Dodd-Frank Act. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act bars banking organizations, such as the Company, from engaging in
proprietary trading and from sponsoring and investing in hedge funds and private equity funds, except as permitted under certain
limited circumstances.
The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as an independent bureau of the
Federal Reserve System. The CFPB has the exclusive authority to prescribe rules governing the provision of consumer financial
products and services, which in the case of the Bank will be enforced by the Federal Reserve. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that
debit card interchange fees must be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the card issuer with respect to the transaction.
This provision is known as the “Durbin Amendment.” In June 2011, the Federal Reserve adopted regulations setting the maximum
permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an
additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the card issuer implements certain fraud-prevention standards. The
interchange fee restriction only applies to financial institutions with assets of $10 billion or more and therefore has no effect on the
Company.
The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Sections 23A and 23B of the
Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for
which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. These requirements became effective on July 21,
2011. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and
unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other “covered financial institution” that provides an insider or
other employee with “excessive compensation” or compensation that gives rise to excessive risk or could lead to a material financial
loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on
Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which requires that financial institutions establish metrics for measuring the impact of
activities to achieve incentive compensation with the related risk to the financial institution of such behavior.
Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of the
new requirements have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years.
Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various
regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on the operations of the Company and the Bank is
unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may affect the profitability of business activities, require changes to certain
business practices, impose more stringent capital requirements, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements, or otherwise adversely affect
the business of the Company and the Bank. These changes may also require the Company to invest significant management attention
and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.
Capital Requirements
The Federal Reserve has issued risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to banking organizations that it supervises.
Under the risk-based capital requirements, the Company and the Bank are each generally required to maintain a minimum ratio of
7
total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) of 8%. At least half
of the total capital must be composed of “Tier 1 Capital,” which is defined as common equity, retained earnings and qualifying
perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangibles. The remainder may consist of “Tier 2 Capital,” which is defined as specific
subordinated debt, some hybrid capital instruments and other qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the loan loss
allowance. In addition, each of the federal banking regulatory agencies has established minimum leverage capital requirements for
banking organizations.
On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule (the “Basel III Rule”) revising the risk-based and leverage capital
requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to be consistent with the agreements reached by the Basel
Committee on Banking Supervision in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems”
(Basel III) and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Rule applies to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding
companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies (referred to as
“banking organizations”). For community banking organizations, like the Company, these revised capital requirements are being
phased in beginning on January 1, 2015.
Under the requirements prior to effectiveness of the Basel III Rule, banking organizations must have maintained a minimum
ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets equal to 3% to 5%, subject to federal bank regulatory evaluation of an
organization’s overall safety and soundness. In summary, the capital measures used by the federal banking regulators are:
• Total risk-based capital ratio (Total Capital Ratio), which is the total of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital as a
percentage of total risk-weighted assets;
• Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (Tier 1 Ratio), which is Tier 1 Capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted
assets; and
• Leverage Ratio, which is Tier 1 Capital as a percentage of adjusted average total assets.
Under pre-Basel III Rule regulations, a bank was considered:
•
•
•
•
•
“Well capitalized” if it has a Total Capital Ratio of 10% or greater, Tier 1 Ratio of 6% or greater, a Leverage Ratio
of 5% or greater, and is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action
directive by a federal bank regulatory agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure;
“Adequately capitalized” if it has a Total Capital Ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 Ratio of 4% or greater, and a
Leverage Ratio of 4% or greater — or 3% in certain circumstances — and is not well capitalized;
“Undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital Ratio of less than 8% or greater, a Tier 1 Ratio of less than 4%, and a
Leverage Ratio of less than 4% — or 3% in certain circumstances;
“Significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital Ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 Ratio of less than 3%, or a
Leverage Ratio of less than 3%; or
“Critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets.
Among other things, the Basel III Rule establishes a new common equity tier 1 (CET1) minimum capital requirement, introduces
a “capital conservation buffer” and raises minimum risk-based capital requirements. Under the new rule, CET1 is defined as
comprising Tier 1 Capital, less non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and grandfathered trust-preferred and other securities, plus
certain regulatory deductions. The Basel III Rule establishes a new minimum required ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets (CET1
Ratio) of 4.5%, and raises the minimum Tier 1 Ratio to 6.0% (from the prior 4.0% minimum). Furthermore, the minimum required
Leverage Ratio is increased in the final Basel III Rule to 4.0% for all banking organizations irrespective of differences in composite
supervisory ratings.
8
In conjunction with the changes in the required minimum capital ratios, the Basel III Rule also changes the definitions of the five
regulatory capitalization categories set forth above, effective January 1, 2015. A table illustrating these changes is set forth below.
Capitalization Category
Well capitalized (present)
Well capitalized (Basel III)
Adequately capitalized (present)
Adequately capitalized (Basel III)
Undercapitalized (present)
Undercapitalized (Basel III)
Significantly undercapitalized (present)
Significantly undercapitalized (Basel III)
Critically undercapitalized (present)
Critically undercapitalized (Basel III)
Total Capital
Ratio (%)
Tier 1 Ratio
(%)
CET1 Ratio
(%)
Leverage Ratio
(%)
≥ 10
≥ 10
≥ 8
≥ 8
< 8
< 8
< 6
< 6
≥ 6
≥ 8
≥ 4
≥ 6
< 4
< 6
< 3
< 4
N/A
≥ 6.5
N/A
≥ 4.5
N/A
< 4.5
N/A
< 3
≥ 5
≥ 5
≥ 4
≥ 4
< 4
< 4
< 3
< 3
GAAP tangible equity ≤ 2% of average quarterly assets
Basel III tangible equity (Tier 1 Capital plus non-tier 1 perpetual
preferred stock) ≤ 2% of total assets
The new required capital conservation buffer is comprised of an additional 2.5% of CET1 as a percentage of risk-weighted
assets. Institutions that do not maintain the required capital buffer will be subject to progressively more stringent limitations on the
percentage of earnings that can be paid out in dividends or used for stock repurchases and on the payment of discretionary bonuses to
senior executive management. This capital conservation buffer is in addition to, and not included with, the CET1 Ratio described
above. A table illustrating these limitations on the ratio which can be paid out (defined in the Basel III Rule as “maximum payout
ratio”) is set forth below.
Capital Conservation Buffer (CET1 as a percentage of total risk-weighted
assets)
Greater than 2.5%..............................................................................
≤ 2.5% and > 1.875%........................................................................
≤ 1.875% and > 1.25%......................................................................
≤ 1.25% and > 0.625%......................................................................
≤ 0.625%............................................................................................
Maximum payout ratio (as a
percentage of eligible retained
income)
No applicable limitation.
60%
40%
20%
0%
The Basel III Rule also introduces new methodologies for determining risk-weighted assets, including higher risk weightings, up
to a maximum of 150%, for exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and for certain commercial real
estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The Basel III Rule also requires unrealized
gains and losses on certain securities holdings to be included, or excluded, as applicable, for purposes of calculating certain regulatory
capital requirements. Additionally, the Basel III Rule establishes that, for banking organizations with less than $15 billion in assets as
of December 31, 2009, the ability to treat trust preferred securities as tier 1 capital would be permanently grandfathered in.
The risk-based capital standards of the Federal Reserve explicitly identify concentrations of credit risk and the risk arising from
non-traditional activities, as well as an institution’s ability to manage these risks, as important factors to be taken into account by the
agency in assessing an institution’s overall capital adequacy. The capital guidelines also provide that an institution’s exposure to a
decline in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates be considered by the agency as a factor in evaluating a
banking organization’s capital adequacy.
The FDIC may take various corrective actions against any undercapitalized bank and any bank that fails to submit an acceptable
capital restoration plan or fails to implement a plan accepted by the FDIC. These powers include, but are not limited to, requiring the
institution to be recapitalized, prohibiting asset growth, restricting interest rates paid, requiring prior approval of capital distributions
by any bank holding company that controls the institution, requiring divestiture by the institution of its subsidiaries or by the holding
company of the institution itself, requiring new election of directors, and requiring the dismissal of directors and officers. The Bank
presently maintains sufficient capital to remain in compliance with these capital requirements.
9
Dividends
The Company is a legal entity, separate and distinct from the Bank. A significant portion of the revenues of the Company result
from dividends paid to it by the Bank. There are various legal limitations applicable to the payment of dividends by the Bank to the
Company and to the payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders. The Bank is subject to various statutory restrictions on
its ability to pay dividends to the Company. Under current regulations, prior approval from the Federal Reserve is required if cash
dividends declared in any given year exceed net income for that year, plus retained net profits of the two preceding years. The
payment of dividends by the Bank or the Company may be limited by other factors, such as requirements to maintain capital above
regulatory guidelines. Bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank or the Company from engaging in an unsafe or
unsound practice in conducting its respective business. The payment of dividends, depending on the financial condition of the Bank,
or the Company, could be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.
Under the FDIA, insured depository institutions such as the Bank, are prohibited from making capital distributions, including the
payment of dividends, if, after making such distributions, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the
statute). Based on the Bank’s current financial condition, the Company does not expect that this provision will have any impact on its
ability to receive dividends from the Bank.
Deposit Insurance
The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF of the FDIC up to the standard maximum insurance amount for each deposit
insurance ownership category. As of January 1, 2015, the basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage is $250,000 per depositor.
Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound
practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or
condition imposed by the FDIC, subject to administrative and potential judicial hearing and review processes.
The DIF is funded by assessments on banks and other depository institutions. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, in February
2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that changed the assessment base for DIF assessments from domestic deposits to Tier 1 Capital.
In addition, as also required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme, set a target
“designated reserve ratio” (described in more detail below) of 2 percent for the DIF and established a lower assessment rate schedule
when the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower assessment rate schedule, when the reserve
ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the institution’s assigned risk category, which is
based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. Initial base assessment rates ranges from 2.5 to 45
basis points. The FDIC may make the following further adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rates: decreases for
long-term unsecured debt including most senior unsecured debt and subordinated debt; increases for holding long-term unsecured debt
or subordinated debt issued by other insured depository institutions; and increases for broker deposits in excess of 10 percent of
domestic deposits for institutions not well rated and well capitalized.
The Dodd-Frank Act transferred to the FDIC increased discretion with regard to managing the required amount of reserves for
the DIF, or the “designated reserve ratio.” Among other changes, the Dodd-Frank Act (i) raised the minimum designated reserve ratio
to 1.35 percent and removed the upper limit on the designated reserve ratio, (ii) requires that the designated reserve ratio reach 1.35
percent by September 2020, and (iii) requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with total consolidated assets of less than
$10 billion by raising the designated reserve ratio from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent. The FDIA requires that the FDIC consider the
appropriate level for the designated reserve ratio on at least an annual basis. On October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF
restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
Incentive Compensation
In June 2010, the federal banking regulators issued comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to
ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such
organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially
affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking
organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the
organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management,
and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s Board of
Directors.
The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation
arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will
be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive
compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be
incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other
10
actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-
management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking
prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. At December 31, 2014, the Company had not been made aware of any
instances of non-compliance with the new guidance.
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (Gramm-Leach-Bliley) drew lines between the types of activities that are permitted for
banking organizations that are financial in nature and those that are not permitted because they are commercial in nature.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley created a new form of financial organization called a financial holding company that may own and control
banks, insurance companies and securities firms, thereby repealing the prohibition in the Glass-Steagall Act on bank affiliations with
companies that are engaged primarily in securities underwriting activities. A financial holding company is authorized to engage in any
activity that is financial in nature or incidental to an activity that is financial in nature or is a complementary activity, including, for
example, insurance, securities transactions (including underwriting, broker/dealer activities and investment advisory services) and
traditional banking-related activities. The Company is currently not a financial holding company under Gramm-Leach-Bliley.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley directed federal banking regulators to adopt rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial
institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of
privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a
nonaffiliated third party. Pursuant to these rules, financial institutions must provide: initial notices to customers about their privacy
policies, including a description of the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third
parties and affiliates; annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and a reasonable method for customers to “opt out”
of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties. These privacy provisions affect how consumer information is transmitted through
diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to these rules.
Community Reinvestment Act
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and related regulations, depository institutions have an affirmative obligation to
assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas, including low and moderate-income areas, consistent with safe and sound
banking practice. CRA requires the adoption of a statement for each of its market areas describing the depository institution’s efforts
to assist in its community’s credit needs. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with CRA and are
periodically assigned ratings in this regard. Banking regulators consider a depository institution’s CRA rating when reviewing
applications to establish new branches, undertake new lines of business, and/or acquire part or all of another depository institution. An
unsatisfactory rating can significantly delay or even prohibit regulatory approval of a proposed transaction by a bank holding company
or its depository institution subsidiaries.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley and federal bank regulators have made various changes to CRA. Among other changes, CRA agreements
with private parties must be disclosed and annual reports must be made to a bank’s primary federal regulator. A financial holding
company or any of its subsidiaries will not be permitted to engage in new activities authorized under Gramm-Leach-Bliley if any bank
subsidiary received less than a “satisfactory” rating in its latest CRA examination. The Company believes that it is currently in
compliance with CRA.
Fair Lending; Consumer Laws
In addition to CRA, other federal and state laws regulate various lending and consumer aspects of the banking business.
Governmental agencies, including the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Federal Trade Commission and the
Department of Justice, have become concerned that prospective borrowers experience discrimination in their efforts to obtain loans
from depository and other lending institutions. These agencies have brought litigation against depository institutions alleging
discrimination against borrowers. Many of these suits have been settled, in some cases for material sums, short of a full trial.
These governmental agencies have clarified what they consider to be lending discrimination and have specified various factors
that they will use to determine the existence of lending discrimination under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing
Act, including evidence that a lender discriminated on a prohibited basis, evidence that a lender treated applicants differently based on
prohibited factors in the absence of evidence that the treatment was the result of prejudice or a conscious intention to discriminate, and
evidence that a lender applied an otherwise neutral non-discriminatory policy uniformly to all applicants, but the practice had a
discriminatory effect, unless the practice could be justified as a business necessity.
Banks and other depository institutions also are subject to numerous consumer-oriented laws and regulations. These laws, which
include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer
11
Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, and the Fair Housing Act, require compliance by depository institutions with various
disclosure requirements and requirements regulating the availability of funds after deposit or the making of some loans to customers.
Governmental Policies
The Federal Reserve regulates money, credit and interest rates in order to influence general economic conditions. These policies
influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits. These policies also affect interest rates charged on
loans or paid for time and savings deposits. Federal Reserve monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of
commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future.
Future Regulatory Uncertainty
Because federal and state regulation of financial institutions changes regularly and is the subject of constant legislative debate,
the Company cannot forecast how federal and state regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and impact its
operations. The Company fully expects that the financial institution industry will remain heavily regulated in the near future and that
additional laws or regulations may be adopted further regulating specific banking practices.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Our operations are subject to many risks that could adversely affect our future financial condition and performance and,
therefore, the market value of our common stock. The risk factors applicable to us are the following:
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking and financial services
industry.
We face vigorous competition from other commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, mortgage banking firms, consumer
finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other types of financial institutions for
deposits, loans and other financial services in our market area. A number of these banks and other financial institutions are
significantly larger than we are and have substantially greater access to capital and other resources, as well as larger lending limits and
branch systems, and offer a wider array of banking services. Many of our nonbank competitors are not subject to the same extensive
regulations that govern us. As a result, these non-bank competitors have advantages over us in providing certain services.
While we believe we compete effectively with these other financial institutions in our primary markets, we may face a
competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size, smaller asset base, lack of geographic diversification and inability to spread
our marketing costs across a broader market. If we have to raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on loans
to compete effectively, our net interest margin and income could be negatively affected. Failure to compete effectively to attract new,
or to retain existing, clients may reduce or limit our margins and our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations,
financial condition, and growth.
Difficult market conditions in the economy continue to adversely affect our industry.
Declines in the housing market in recent years, with falling home prices and higher levels of foreclosures, unemployment and
under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of real-estate related and consumer loans and resulted in
significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. These write-downs spread to other securities and loans and have
caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger
institutions and, in some cases, to fail. In this environment, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing
funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased
level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence and reduction of business activity generally.
Continuing economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business and
results of operations. Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment
patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provision for credit losses. A
worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the
financial institutions industry.
We may be adversely affected by economic conditions in our market area.
We operate in a mixed market environment with influences from both rural and urban areas. Because our lending operation is
concentrated in localized areas in Virginia and Maryland, we will be affected by the general economic conditions in these markets.
Changes in the local economy may influence the growth rate of our loans and deposits, the quality of the loan portfolio, and loan and
deposit pricing. A significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors
12
beyond our control would impact these local economic conditions and the demand for banking products and services generally, which
could negatively affect our financial condition and performance. Although we might not have significant credit exposure to all the
businesses in our areas, the downturn in any of these businesses could have a negative impact on local economic conditions and real
estate collateral values generally, which could negatively affect our profitability.
We may not be able to successfully manage our long-term growth, which may adversely affect our results of operations and
financial condition.
A key aspect of our long-term business strategy is our continued growth and expansion. Our ability to continue to grow depends,
in part, upon our ability to:
•
•
•
open new branch offices or acquire existing branches or other financial institutions;
attract deposits to those locations; and
identify attractive loan and investment opportunities.
We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we are unable to identify attractive markets, locations or
opportunities to expand in the future, or if we are subject to regulatory restrictions on growth or expansion of our operations. Our
ability to manage our growth successfully also will depend on whether we can maintain capital levels adequate to support our growth,
maintain cost controls and asset quality and successfully integrate any businesses we acquire into our organization. As we identify
opportunities to implement our growth strategy by opening new branches or acquiring branches or other banks, we may incur
increased personnel, occupancy and other operating expenses. In the case of new branches, we must absorb those higher expenses
while we begin to generate new deposits, and there is a further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively priced
loans and other higher yielding earning assets. Thus, any plans for branch expansion could decrease our earnings in the short run, even
if we efficiently execute our branching strategy.
If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
An essential element of our business is to make loans. We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is a reasonable
estimate of known and inherent losses in our loan portfolio. Through a periodic review and analysis of the loan portfolio, management
determines the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses by considering such factors as general and industry-specific market
conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio, the collateral supporting the loans and financial performance of our loan customers
relative to their financial obligations to us. The amount of future losses is impacted by changes in economic, operating and other
conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control. Actual losses may exceed our current estimates.
Rapidly growing loan portfolios are, by their nature, unseasoned. Estimating loan loss allowances for an unseasoned portfolio is more
difficult than with seasoned portfolios, and may be more susceptible to changes in estimates and to losses exceeding estimates.
Although we believe the allowance for loan losses is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses in our loan portfolio, we
cannot fully predict such losses or assert that our loan loss allowance will be adequate in the future. Future loan losses that are greater
than current estimates could have a material impact on our future financial performance.
Banking regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan
losses or recognize additional loan charge-offs, based on credit judgments different than those of our management. Any increase in the
amount of our allowance or loans charged-off as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on our operating
results.
Our concentration in loans secured by real estate may increase our future credit losses, which would negatively affect our
financial results.
We offer a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, construction, home
equity, consumer and other loans. Credit risk and credit losses can increase if our loans are concentrated to borrowers who, as a group,
may be uniquely or disproportionately affected by economic or market conditions. Approximately 85.4% of our loans are secured by
real estate, both residential and commercial, substantially all of which are located in our market area. A major change in the region’s
real estate market, resulting in a deterioration in real estate values, or in the local or national economy, including changes caused by
raising interest rates, could adversely affect our customers’ ability to pay these loans, which in turn could adversely impact us. Risk of
loan defaults and foreclosures are inherent in the banking industry, and we try to limit our exposure to this risk by carefully
underwriting and monitoring our extensions of credit. We cannot fully eliminate credit risk, and as a result credit losses may occur in
the future.
We may incur losses if we are unable to successfully manage interest rate risk.
Our profitability depends in substantial part upon the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and
interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. These rates are normally in line with general market rates and rise
13
and fall based on our view of our financing and liquidity needs. We may selectively pay above-market rates to attract deposits as we
have done in some of our marketing promotions in the past. Changes in interest rates will affect our operating performance and
financial condition in diverse ways including the pricing of securities, loans and deposits, which, in turn, may affect the growth in loan
and retail deposit volume. We attempt to minimize our exposure to interest rate risk, but cannot eliminate it. Our net interest income
will be adversely affected if market interest rates change so that the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings increases faster than
the interest earned on loans and investments. Our net interest spread will depend on many factors that are partly or entirely outside our
control, including competition, federal economic, monetary and fiscal policies and economic conditions generally. Fluctuations in
market rates are neither predictable nor controllable and may have a material and negative effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
Changes in interest rates also affect the value of our loans. An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our borrowers’
ability to pay the principal or interest on existing loans or reduce their desire to borrow more money. This situation may lead to an
increase in non-performing assets or a decrease in loan originations, either of which could have a material and negative effect on our
results of operations.
We rely heavily on our management team and the unexpected loss of any of those personnel could adversely affect our
operations; we depend on our ability to attract and retain key personnel.
We are a customer-focused and relationship-driven organization. We expect our future growth to be driven in a large part by the
relationships maintained with our customers by our president and chief executive officer and other senior officers. The unexpected
loss of any of our key employees could have an adverse effect on our business and possibly result in reduced revenues and earnings.
We do maintain bank-owned life insurance on key officers that would help cover some of the economic impact of a loss caused by
death.
The implementation of our business strategy will also require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate and retain skilled personnel
to develop new customer relationships as well as new financial products and services. Many experienced banking professionals
employed by our competitors are covered by agreements not to compete or to solicit their existing customers if they were to leave their
current employment. These agreements make the recruitment of these professionals more difficult. The market for these people is
competitive, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting, hiring, motivating or retaining them.
The Federal Reserve adopted final rules subjecting banks and bank holding companies to more stringent capital and liquidity
requirements, the short-term and long-term impact of which is uncertain.
We are subject to capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of
capital which we must maintain. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve and the federal banking agencies issued final rules revising risk-
based and leverage capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets. The rules implement the Basel III
regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The rules
establish a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets) and a higher minimum Tier 1 risk-
based capital requirement (6% of risk-weighted assets) and assign higher risk weightings to loans that are past due and certain loans
financing the acquisition, development or construction of commercial real estate. We are required to comply with the new rules
beginning on January 1, 2015. These requirements and any other new regulations, could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends,
or could require us to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our financial condition or
results of operations.
New regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau could adversely affect our earnings.
The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to
financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB has also been directed to write rules
identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer
financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. For example, the CFPB issued a final rule
effective January 10, 2014, requiring mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and
documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms,
or to originate “qualified mortgages” that meet specific requirements with respect to terms, pricing and fees. The new rule also
contains new disclosure requirements at mortgage loan origination and in monthly statements.
The requirements under the CFPB’s regulations and policies could limit our ability to make certain types of loans or loans to
certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive and/or time consuming to make these loans, which could adversely impact our
profitability.
14
Our information systems may experience an interruption in service or breach in security.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach of
security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, transaction processing
systems and various accounting and data management systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent and/or
limit the effect of any failure, interruption or security breach of our communication and information systems, there can be no
assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur, or, if they do occur, they will be adequately
addressed on a timely basis. The occurrence of failures, interruptions or security breaches of our communication and information
systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to
civil litigation and/or significant financial loss, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results
of operations.
We continually encounter technological change.
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new
technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to
better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers
by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in
our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be
able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services
to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a
material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
Third parties provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring transactions,
online banking interfaces and services, internet connections and network access. While we have selected these third party vendors
carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problem caused by these third parties, including poor performance of services, failure to
provide services, disruptions in services provided by a vendor and failure to handle current or higher volumes, could adversely affect
our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise conduct our business, and may harm our reputation.
Financial or operational difficulties of a third party vendor could also hurt our operations if those difficulties affect the vendor’s ability
to serve us. Replacing these third party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties
creates an unavoidable inherent risk to our business operations.
The operational functions of business counterparties over which the Company may have limited or no control may experience
disruptions that could adversely impact the Company.
Multiple major U.S. retailers have recently experienced data systems incursions reportedly resulting in the thefts of credit and
debit card information, online account information, and other financial data of tens of millions of the retailers’ customers. Retailer
incursions affect cards issued and deposit accounts maintained by many banks, including the Bank. Although the Company’s systems
are not breached in retailer incursions, these events can cause the Bank to reissue a significant number of cards and take other costly
steps to avoid significant theft loss to the Bank and its customers. In some cases, the Bank may be required to reimburse customers
for the losses they incur. Other possible points of intrusion or disruption not within the Bank’s control include internet service
providers, electronic mail portal providers, social media portals, distant-server (cloud) service providers, electronic data
security providers, telecommunications companies, and smart phone manufacturers.
We may need to raise capital that may not ultimately be available to us.
Regulatory authorities require us to maintain certain levels of capital to support our operations. While we remained “well
capitalized” at December 31, 2014, we may need to raise additional capital in the future if we incur losses or due to regulatory
mandates. The ability to raise capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside
our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we may not be able to raise capital, if and when needed, on terms
acceptable to us, or at all. If we cannot raise capital when needed, our ability to increase our capital ratios could be materially
impaired, and we could face regulatory challenges.
A substantial decline in the value of our securities portfolio may result in an “other-than-temporary” impairment charge.
The total amount of our available-for-sale securities portfolio was $274.6 million at December 31, 2014. The measurement of the
fair value of these securities involves significant judgment due to the complexity of the factors contributing to the measurement.
Market volatility makes measurement of the fair value of our securities portfolio even more difficult and subjective. More generally,
as market conditions continue to be volatile, we cannot provide assurance with respect to the amount of future unrealized losses in the
15
portfolio. To the extent that any portion of the unrealized losses in these portfolios is determined to be other than temporary, and the
loss is related to credit factors, we would recognize a charge to our earnings in the quarter during which such determination is made,
and our capital ratios could be adversely affected.
The repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on demand deposits could increase our interest expense.
All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of
the Dodd-Frank Act beginning on July 21, 2011. As a result, some financial institutions have commenced offering interest on demand
deposits to compete for customers. Our interest expense will increase and net interest margin will decrease if we begin offering
interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers, which could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations.
Consumers may increasingly decide not to use us to complete their financial transactions, which would have a material
adverse impact on our financial condition and operations.
Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that
historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank
deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions
such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as
intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the
related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Nonperforming assets adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual
loans, thereby adversely affecting our income and increasing loan administration costs. When we receive collateral through
foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related loan to the then fair market value of the collateral less
estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets also increases our risk profile and
may impact the capital levels our regulators believe is appropriate in light of such risks. We utilize various techniques such as loan
sales, workouts and restructurings to manage our problem assets. Decreases in the value of these problem assets, the underlying
collateral, or in the borrowers’ performance or financial condition, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and staff, which
can be detrimental to performance of their other responsibilities. Such resolution may also require the assistance of third parties, and
thus the expense associated with it. There can be no assurance that we will avoid further increases in nonperforming loans in the
future.
We rely upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate which secures a significant portion of our loans,
and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable if we are forced to foreclose upon such loans.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate (85.4% at December 31, 2014). We rely upon
independent appraisers to estimate the value of such real estate. Appraisals are only estimates of value and the independent appraisers
may make mistakes of fact or judgment which adversely affect the reliability of their appraisals. In addition, events occurring after the
initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate to increase or decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the real estate
securing some of our loans may be more or less valuable than anticipated at the time the loans were made. If a default occurs on a loan
secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, we may not be able to recover the outstanding balance of the loan
and will suffer a loss.
We are subject to extensive government regulation and supervision.
We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect
depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, and not security holders. These regulations
affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and
federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes.
These provisions, or any other aspects of current proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial
industry, if enacted or adopted, may impact the profitability of our business activities or change certain of our business practices,
including our ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads,
and could expose us to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. These changes also may require us to invest significant
16
management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to our operations in order to comply, and could therefore also
materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, failure to comply with laws,
regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The realization of the benefits of the FDIC shared loss agreements depends on our compliance with the agreements.
Under the shared loss agreements into which we entered in January 2009, the FDIC will reimburse us for 80% of losses arising
from covered loans and foreclosed real estate assets on the first $118 million in losses of such covered loans and foreclosed real estate
assets and for 95% of losses on covered loans and foreclosed real estate assets thereafter. The shared loss agreements include a
number of obligations for us, including, for example, the submission of detailed certificates, on a monthly basis for losses on single
family one-to-four residential mortgage loans and on a quarterly basis for losses on other covered assets, for the FDIC’s review.
Because the shared loss agreements subject us to a number of contractual requirements, we must implement effective internal
processes over covered assets (including consistency in the treatment of covered and non-covered assets) to maintain the guaranty that
the FDIC has agreed to provide, which underpins the FDIC indemnification asset, which totaled $18.6 million at December 31, 2014.
Any failure to comply with the contractual requirements of the shared loss agreements may lead to the revocation of the agreements,
which would necessitate the write-off of the related indemnification asset and the receivable that we carry on our balance sheet for
amounts that we have billed the FDIC.
Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings.
The authorities that promulgate accounting standards, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Securities and
Exchange Commission and other regulatory authorities, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that
govern the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements. These changes are difficult to predict and can materially
impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be
required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of financial statements for prior periods. Such
changes could also require the Company to incur additional personnel or technology costs.
Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.
Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in
reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We believe that any disclosure controls and
procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-
making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or omission. Additionally, controls can be circumvented
by individual acts, by collusion by two or more people and/or by override of the established controls. Accordingly, because of the
inherent limitations in our control systems and in human nature, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
We can give no assurances that our deferred tax asset will not become impaired in the future because it is based on projections
of future earnings, which are subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change based on economic conditions.
We can give no assurances that our deferred tax asset will not become impaired in the future. At December 31, 2014, we
recorded net deferred income tax assets of $3.4 million. We assess the realization of deferred income tax assets and record a valuation
allowance if it is “more likely than not” that we will not realize all or a portion of the deferred tax asset. We consider all available
evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, we need a valuation allowance.
Management’s assessment is primarily dependent on historical taxable income and projections of future taxable income, which are
directly related to our core earnings capacity and our prospects to generate core earnings in the future. Projections of core earnings and
taxable income are inherently subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given an uncertain economic outlook and current
banking industry conditions. Due to the uncertainty of estimates and projections, it is possible that we will be required to record
adjustments to the valuation allowance in future reporting periods.
Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.
The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption in recent years. Recently, the volatility and
disruption has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit
availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and
volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our
ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
17
Deterioration in the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of
other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other
relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with
counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks and other institutional clients. As a result,
defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally,
could create market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Our credit risk may also
be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full
amount of the financial instrument exposure due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely
affect our results of operations.
We may be adversely impacted by changes in the condition of financial markets.
We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk generally represents the risk that values of
assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk is inherent in the financial
instruments associated with our operations and activities including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt,
trading account assets and liabilities, and derivatives. Just a few of the market conditions that may shift from time to time, thereby
exposing us to market risk, include fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates, equity and futures prices, and price
deterioration or changes in value due to changes in market perception or actual credit quality of issuers. Accordingly, depending on
the instruments or activities impacted, market risks can have adverse effects on our results of operations and our overall financial
condition.
Banking regulators have broad enforcement power, but regulations are meant to protect depositors, and not investors.
We are subject to supervision by several governmental regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond
and Virginia’s Bureau of Financial Institutions. Bank regulations, and the interpretation and application of them by regulators, are
beyond our control, may change rapidly and unpredictably and can be expected to influence earnings and growth. In addition, these
regulations may limit our growth and the return to investors by restricting activities such as the payment of dividends, mergers with, or
acquisitions by, other institutions, investments, loans and interest rates, interest rates paid on deposits and the opening of new branch
offices. Although these regulations impose costs on us, they are intended to protect depositors, and should not be assumed to protect
the interest of shareholders. The regulations to which we are subject may not always be in the best interest of investors.
Our deposit insurance premiums could increase in the future, which may adversely affect our future financial performance.
The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions, including us. The FDIC charges insured financial institutions
premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) at a certain level. Economic conditions since 2008 have increased the
rate of bank failures and expectations for further bank failures, requiring the FDIC to make payments for insured deposits from the
DIF and prepare for future payments from the DIF.
During 2009, the FDIC imposed a special deposit insurance assessment on all institutions which it regulates, including us. This
special assessment was imposed due to the need to replenish the DIF, as a result of increased bank failures and expected future bank
failures. In addition, the FDIC required regulated institutions to prepay their fourth quarter 2009, and full year 2010, 2011 and 2012
assessments in December 2009. Any similar, additional measures taken by the FDIC to maintain or replenish the DIF may have an
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
On April 1, 2011, final rules to implement changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to the FDIC assessment rules
became effective. The rules provide that a depository institution’s deposit insurance assessment will be calculated based on the
institution’s total assets less tangible equity, rather than the previous base of total deposits. These changes have not materially
increased our FDIC insurance assessments for comparable asset and deposit levels. However, if our asset size increases or the FDIC
takes other actions to replenish the DIF, our FDIC insurance premiums could increase.
Our businesses and earnings are impacted by governmental, fiscal and monetary policy.
We are affected by domestic monetary policy. For example, the Federal Reserve Board regulates the supply of money and credit
in the United States and its policies determine in large part our cost of funds for lending, investing and capital raising activities and the
return we earn on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board
also can materially affect the value of financial instruments we hold, such as loans and debt securities, and its policies also can affect
our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Our businesses and earnings also are affected by
the fiscal or other policies that are adopted by various regulatory authorities of the United States. Changes in fiscal or monetary policy
are beyond our control and hard to predict.
18
Our profitability and the value of any equity investment in us may suffer because of rapid and unpredictable changes in the
highly regulated environment in which we operate.
We are subject to extensive supervision by several governmental regulatory agencies at the federal and state levels. Recently
enacted, proposed and future banking and other legislation and regulations have had, and will continue to have, or may have a
significant impact on the financial services industry. These regulations, which are generally intended to protect depositors and not our
shareholders, and the interpretation and application of them by federal and state regulators, are beyond our control, may change
rapidly and unpredictably, and can be expected to influence our earnings and growth. Our success depends on our continued ability to
maintain compliance with these regulations. Many of these regulations increase our costs and thus place other financial institutions
that may not be subject to similar regulation in stronger, more favorable competitive positions.
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies.
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market
having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and
sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic
and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our
common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock price to fall.
Virginia law and the provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could deter or prevent takeover attempts by a
potential purchaser of our common stock that would be willing to pay you a premium for your shares of our common stock.
Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions that may be deemed to have the effect of discouraging or delaying
uninvited attempts by third parties to gain control of us. These provisions include the ability of our board to set the price, term, and
rights of, and to issue, one or more series of our preferred stock. Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws do not provide for the
ability of shareholders to call special meetings.
Similarly, the Virginia Stock Corporation Act contains provisions designed to protect Virginia corporations and employees from
the adverse effects of hostile corporate takeovers. These provisions reduce the possibility that a third party could affect a change in
control without the support of our incumbent directors. These provisions may also strengthen the position of current management by
restricting the ability of shareholders to change the composition of the board, to affect its policies generally, and to benefit from
actions that are opposed by the current board.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
The Company operates the following offices:
Corporate Headquarters:
Deep Run at Mayland — 9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100, Richmond, VA 23233
Virginia Branch Offices:
Burgess — 14598 Northumberland Highway, Burgess, VA 22432
Callao — 654 Northumberland Highway, Callao, VA 22435
Centerville — 100 Broad Street Road, Manakin-Sabot, VA 23103
Courthouse — 1949 Sandy Hook Road, Goochland, VA 23063
Deep Run at Mayland — 9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100, Richmond, VA 23233
Flat Rock — 2320 Anderson Highway, Powhatan, VA 23139
King William — 4935 Richmond-Tappahannock Highway, Manquin, VA 23106
Louisa — 217 East Main Street, Louisa, VA 23093
Mechanicsville — 6315 Mechanicsville Turnpike, Mechanicsville, VA 23111
Prince Street — 323 Prince Street, Tappahannock, VA 22560
Tappahannock — 1325 Tappahannock Boulevard, Tappahannock, VA 22560
Virginia Center — 9951 Brook Road, Glen Allen, VA 23060
West Point — 16th and Main Street, West Point, VA 23181
Winterfield — 3740 Winterfield Road, Midlothian, VA 23113
19
Maryland Branch Offices:
Annapolis – 1835 West Street, Annapolis, MD 21401
Arnold — 1460 Ritchie Highway, Arnold, MD 21012
Bowie – 6143 High Bridge Road, Bowie, MD 20720
Catonsville — 1000 Ingleside Avenue, Catonsville, MD 21228
Crofton — 2120 Baldwin Avenue, Crofton, MD 21114
Rockville — 1101 Nelson Street, Rockville, MD 20850
Rosedale — 1230 Race Road, Rosedale, MD 21237
The Company owns all of the offices listed above, except that it leases its corporate headquarters, its Winterfield office in the
Virginia market and the Arnold and Rockville offices in the Maryland market. The Company also has loan production offices in
Fairfax and Lynchburg, Virginia, both of which it leases.
On March 31, 2014, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters to its current location. The Company opened its branch
office in Annapolis, Maryland on March 25, 2014 and its branch office at its new headquarters in Richmond, Virginia on April 7,
2014. The Company closed its branch office in Landover Hills, Maryland on October 24, 2014. The Company opened its branch
office in Bowie, Maryland on January 12, 2015. The Company expects to open an office, which it owns, in the Bon Air area of
Richmond, Virginia in May 2015.
All of the Company’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Company’s present and anticipated
needs.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company, including its subsidiaries, is a party or of which its
property is the subject.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
20
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET PRICES FOR SECURITIES
The Company’s common stock has traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ESXB” since March 14, 2013.
The common stock traded on the NYSE MKT (formerly known as the NYSE Amex) under the symbol “BTC” until March 13, 2013.
The following table sets summarizes the high and low sales prices for the Company’s common stock for the quarterly periods
during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:
Quarter ended March 31
Quarter ended June 30
Quarter ended September 30
Quarter ended December 31
3
$
2014
High
Low
4.10 $ 3.73
3.85
4.54
4.15
4.49
4.30
4.54
$
2013
High
Low
3.74 $ 2.54
3.11
3.70
3.50
4.00
3.09
3.83
HOLDERS OF RECORD
As of December 31, 2014, there were 2,856 holders of record of the Company’s common stock, not including beneficial holders
of securities held in street name.
DIVIDENDS
The Company’s dividend policy is subject to the discretion of the board of directors and future cash dividend payments to
shareholders will depend upon a number of factors, including future earnings, alternative investment opportunities, financial
condition, cash requirements and general business conditions.
The Company’s ability to distribute cash dividends will depend primarily on the ability of its banking subsidiary to pay
dividends to it. The Bank is subject to legal limitations on the amount of dividends that it is permitted to pay under Section 5199(b) of
the Revised Statues (12 U.S.C. 60). The approval of the Federal Reserve would be required if the total of all dividends declared by a
state member bank in any calendar year shall exceed the total of its net profits of that year combined with its retained net profits of the
preceding two years. Furthermore, neither the Company nor the Bank may declare or pay a cash dividend on any of its capital stock if
it is insolvent or if the payment of the dividend would render the entity insolvent or unable to pay its obligations as they become due
in the ordinary course of business. For additional information on these limitations, see “Supervision and Regulation — Dividends” in
Item 1 above.
Following the payment of a cash dividend in February 2010, the Company determined to suspend the payment of its quarterly
dividend to holders of common stock. While the Company believes that its capital and liquidity levels remain above the averages of its
peers, the Company utilized dividends from the Bank for the payment of capital funding (Series A Preferred Stock) received from the
Department of the Treasury until April 2014, when the Company completed the redemption of such funding. The Company currently
utilizes dividends from the Bank for principal and interest payments with respect to an unsecured third party loan that the Company
obtained at the same time in connection with such redemption. Additional dividends from the Bank would be utilized for the payment
of intercompany expenses and interest payments on trust preferred securities.
The Company currently has no plans to recommence the payment of a dividend to holders of common stock. The Company
believes that, given the current economic and regulatory environment, the retention of earnings and the enhancement of capital are
best for the long term value for the Company and the shareholders.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITES BY THE ISSUER
The Company does not currently have in place a repurchase program with respect to any of its securities. In addition, the
Company did not repurchase any of its securities during the year ended December 31, 2014.
21
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The stock performance graph set forth below shows the cumulative stockholder return on the Company’s common stock during
the period from December 31, 2009, to December 31, 2014, as compared with (i) an overall stock market index, the NASDAQ
Composite Index, and (ii) a published industry index, the SNL Bank and Thrift Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on
December 31, 2009 in the Company’s common stock and in each of the comparable indices and that dividends were reinvested.
Total Return Performance
Community Bankers Trust Corporation
NASDAQ Composite
SNL Bank and Thrift
250
200
150
100
e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n
I
50
0
12/31/09
12/31/10
12/31/11
12/31/12
12/31/13
12/31/14
Period Ending
Index
Community Bankers Trust Corporation
NASDAQ Composite
SNL Bank and Thrift
12/31/09 12/31/10 12/31/11 12/31/12 12/31/13
116.93
193.47
159.61
35.76
117.22
86.81
82.41
138.02
116.57
100.00
100.00
100.00
32.65
118.15
111.64
12/31/14
137.45
222.16
178.18
22
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth selected financial data for the Company over each of the past five years ended December 31. The
historical results included below and elsewhere in this report are not indicative of the future performance of the Company and its
subsidiaries. (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Results of Operations
Interest and dividend income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Financial Condition
Assets
FDIC indemnification asset
Loans, covered by FDIC shared-loss agreement
Loans, net of unearned income (excluding covered loans)
Deposits
Shareholders’ equity
Ratios
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
Non-GAAP return on average tangible assets (1)
Non-GAAP return on average tangible common equity (1)
Efficiency ratio (2)
Equity to assets
Loan to deposits
Average tangible common equity / average tangible assets
Asset Quality
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Year Ended December 31
$
$
$
48,725 $
6,933
41,792
—
41,792
5,269
36,817
10,244
2,728
7,516 $
1,155,734 $
18,609
62,744
664,736
918,945
107,650
0.67%
7.09%
0.79%
9.09%
78.23%
9.31%
79.16%
8.70%
50,045
7,078
42,967
-
42,967
4,724
39,288
8,403
2,497
5,906
$
$
53,719
9,692
44,027
1,200
42,827
6,206
41,303
7,730
2,148
5,582
$
$
56,035 $
12,228
43,807
1,498
42,309
8,233
49,038
1,504
60
1,444 $
58,926
18,389
40,537
27,363
13,174
9,847
53,456
(30,435)
(9,442)
(20,993)
1,089,532 $
25,409
73,275
596,173
892,341
106,659
1,153,288 $
33,837
84,637
575,482
974,318
115,317
1,092,496 $
1,115,594
42,641
97,561
544,718
933,491
111,180
58,369
115,537
525,548
961,725
107,127
0.53%
5.22%
0.66%
8.38%
82.38%
9.79%
75.02%
7.90%
0.50%
4.85%
0.65%
8.31%
82.22%
10.00%
67.75%
7.77%
0.13%
(1.75%)
1.32%
(17.53%)
0.28%
3.80%
94.23%
10.18%
68.80%
7.25%
(1.17%)
(16.60%)
106.10%
9.60%
66.66%
7.04%
Allowance for loan losses (non-covered) (3)
$
9,267 $
10,444
$
12,920
$
14,835 $
25,543
Allowance for loan losses / non-covered loans (3)
Allowance for loan losses / nonperforming assets (3)
Allowance for loan losses / nonaccrual non-covered loans (3)
Non-covered nonperforming assets / non-covered loans and non-
covered other real estate (3)
Per Share Data
1.40%
41.57%
55.92%
1.75%
56.92%
86.28%
2.25%
39.94%
61.38%
2.72%
36.36%
51.97%
4.86%
59.61%
69.92%
3.35%
3.05%
5.52%
7.35%
8.06%
Earnings per share, basic
Earnings per share, diluted
Non-GAAP earnings per share, diluted (1)
Cash dividends paid
Market value per share
Book value per tangible common share
Price to earnings ratio, diluted
Price to book value ratio
Dividend payout ratio
$
0.33 $
0.22
$
0.21
$
0.33
0.40
—
4.42
4.72
13.39
89.5%
n/a
0.22
0.33
—
3.76
4.07
17.09
86.0%
n/a
0.21
0.33
—
2.65
3.92
12.62
59.3%
n/a
0.02 $
0.02
0.14
—
1.15
3.58
57.50
26.5%
(1.03)
(1.03)
(0.64)
859
1.05
3.46
(1.02)
25.3%
n/a
(3.89%)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
21,755,448
21,699,964
21,647,372
21,565,366
21,468,455
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
21,980,979
21,922,132
21,717,499
21,565,366
21,468,455
23
Capital Ratios
Leverage Ratio
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
Year Ended December 31
9.36%
13.52%
14.72%
9.52%
15.62%
16.82%
9.41%
15.79%
16.87%
8.91%
15.01%
16.16%
8.12%
14.40%
15.58%
( 1) Refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, section “Non GAAP Measures” for a
reconciliation.
(2) The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing noninterest expense over the sum of net interest income plus noninterest income.
(3) Excludes assets covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements and PCI loans.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition at December 31, 2014 and results of operations for the year
ended December 31, 2014 of Community Bankers Trust Corporation (the “Company”) should be read in conjunction with the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included in this report.
GENERAL
The Company is a bank holding company that was originally incorporated in 2005. On January 1, 2014, the Company
completed a reincorporation from Delaware, its original state of incorporation, to Virginia. The form of the reincorporation was the
merger of the then existing Delaware corporation into a newly created Virginia corporation. The Company retained the same name
and conducts business in the same manner as before the reincorporation.
The Company is headquartered in Richmond, Virginia and is the holding company for Essex Bank (the “Bank”), a Virginia state
bank with 21 full-service offices in Virginia and Maryland. The Bank also operates two loan production offices in Virginia.
The Bank engages in a general commercial banking business and provides a wide range of financial services primarily to
individuals and small businesses, including individual and commercial demand and time deposit accounts, commercial and industrial
loans, consumer and small business loans, real estate and mortgage loans, investment services, on-line and mobile banking products,
and safe deposit box facilities.
Prior to November 8, 2013, the Bank also had four full-service offices in Georgia. The Bank sold those offices and related
deposits to Community & Southern Bank on November 8, 2013.
The Company generates a significant amount of its income from the net interest income earned by the Bank. Net interest income
is the difference between interest income and interest expense. Interest income depends on the amount of interest earning assets
outstanding during the period and the interest rates earned thereon. The Company’s cost of funds is a function of the average amount
of interest bearing deposits and borrowed money outstanding during the period and the interest rates paid thereon. The quality of the
assets further influences the amount of interest income lost on nonaccrual loans and the amount of additions to the allowance for loan
losses. Additionally, the Bank earns noninterest income from service charges on deposit accounts and other fee or commission-based
services and products. Other sources of noninterest income can include gains or losses on securities transactions, gains from loan
sales, transactions involving bank-owned property, and income from Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) policies. The Company’s
income is offset by noninterest expense, which consists of salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, professional fees, the
amortization of intangible assets and other operational expenses. The provision for loan losses and income taxes may materially affect
income.
CAUTION ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The Company makes certain forward-looking statements in this report that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-
looking statements include statements regarding our profitability, liquidity, allowance for loan losses, interest rate sensitivity, market
risk, growth strategy, and financial and other goals. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by phrases such as “the
Company expects,” “the Company believes” or words of similar import.
24
These forward-looking statements are subject to significant uncertainties because they are based upon or are affected by factors,
including, without limitation, the effects of and changes in the following:
•
the quality or composition of the Company’s loan or investment portfolios, including collateral values and the
repayment abilities of borrowers and issuers;
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
assumptions that underlie the Company’s allowance for loan losses;
general economic and market conditions, either nationally or in the Company’s market areas;
the interest rate environment;
competitive pressures among banks and financial institutions or from companies outside the banking industry;
real estate values;
the demand for deposit, loan, and investment products and other financial services;
the demand, development and acceptance of new products and services;
the performance of vendors or other parties with which the Company does business;
time and costs associated with de novo branching, acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions;
the realization of gains and expense savings from acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions;
assumptions and estimates that underlie the accounting for loan pools under the shared-loss agreements;
consumer profiles and spending and savings habits;
levels of fraud in the banking industry;
the level of attempted cyber attacks in the banking industry;
the securities and credit markets;
costs associated with the integration of banking and other internal operations;
the soundness of other financial institutions with which the Company does business;
inflation;
technology; and
legislative and regulatory requirements.
These factors and additional risks and uncertainties are described in the “Risk Factors” discussion in Part I, Item 1A, of this
report.
Although the Company believes that its expectations with respect to the forward-looking statements are based upon reliable
assumptions within the bounds of its knowledge of its business and operations, there can be no assurance that actual results,
performance or achievements of the Company will not differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States (GAAP). The financial information contained within the statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based
on measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate
value that is obtained when either earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset or relieving a liability. For example,
the Company uses historical loss factors as one factor in determining the inherent loss that may be present in its loan portfolio. Actual
losses could differ significantly from the historical factors that the Company uses. In addition, GAAP itself may change from one
previously acceptable method to another method. Although the economics of the Company’s transactions would be the same, the
timing of events that would impact its transactions could change.
The following is a summary of the Company’s critical accounting policies that are highly dependent on estimates, assumptions
and judgments.
25
Allowance for Loan Losses on Non-covered Loans
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged
to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan balance is
confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
The allowance is an amount that management believes is appropriate to absorb estimated losses relating to specifically identified
loans, as well as probable credit losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio, based on an evaluation of the collectability of
existing loans and prior loss experience. This quarterly evaluation also takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature
and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and current economic conditions that may
affect the borrower’s ability to pay. This evaluation does not include the effects of expected losses on specific loans or groups of loans
that are related to future events or expected changes in economic conditions. While management uses the best information available to
make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions. In
addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses
and may require the Bank to make additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time
of their examinations.
The allowance consists of specific and general components. For loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is
established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the
carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for
qualitative factors.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, management believes that it is more likely than
not that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms
of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value,
availability of current financial information, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.
Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management
determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the
circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior
payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by
loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s
effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does
not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.
Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer
FASB ASC 310, Receivables requires acquired loans to be recorded at fair value and prohibits carrying over valuation
allowances in the initial accounting for acquired impaired loans. Loans carried at fair value, mortgage loans held for sale, and loans to
borrowers in good standing under revolving credit arrangements are excluded from the scope of FASB ASC 310 which limits the yield
that may be accreted to the excess of the undiscounted expected cash flows over the investor’s initial investment in the loan. The
excess of the contractual cash flows over expected cash flows may not be recognized as an adjustment of yield. Subsequent increases
in cash flows to be collected are recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the loan’s yield over its remaining life. Decreases
in expected cash flows are recognized as impairments through allowance for loan losses.
The Company’s acquired loans from the SFSB transaction (the “covered loans”), subject to FASB ASC Topic 805, Business
Combinations, are recorded at fair value and no separate valuation allowance was recorded at the date of acquisition. FASB ASC 310-
30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, applies to loans acquired in a transfer with evidence of
deterioration of credit quality for which it is probable, at acquisition, that the investor will be unable to collect all contractually
required payments receivable. The Company is applying the provisions of FASB ASC 310-30 to all loans acquired in the SFSB
transaction. The Company has grouped loans together based on common risk characteristics including product type, delinquency
status and loan documentation requirements among others.
The shared-loss agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) related to loans other than those secured by
single family, residential 1-4 family mortgages expired March 31, 2014. These loans will continue to be accounted for in accordance
with FASB ASC 310-30 as purchased credit impaired loans and were classified as non-covered loans effective April 1, 2014 (the “PCI
loans”).
26
The covered loans and PCI loans are subject to credit review standards described above for non-covered loans. If and when
credit deterioration occurs subsequent to their acquisition date, a provision for credit loss for covered loans will be charged to earnings
for the full amount without regard to the shared-loss agreements.
The Company has made an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from each pool of loans, which includes
undiscounted expected principal and interest. The excess of that amount over the fair value of the pool is referred to as accretable
yield. Accretable yield is recognized as interest income on a constant yield basis over the life of the pool. The Company also
determines each pool’s contractual principal and contractual interest payments. The excess of that amount over the total cash flows
that it expects to collect from the pool is referred to as nonaccretable difference, which is not accreted into income. Judgmental
prepayment assumptions are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition.
Over the life of the loan or pool, the Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Subsequent decreases in cash
flows expected to be collected over the life of the pool are recognized as an impairment in the current period through the allowance for
loan losses. Subsequent increases in expected or actual cash flows are first used to reverse any existing valuation allowance for that
loan or pool. Any remaining increase in cash flows expected to be collected is recognized as an adjustment to the accretable yield with
the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining life of the pool.
FDIC Indemnification Asset
The Company is accounting for the shared-loss agreements as an indemnification asset pursuant to the guidance in FASB ASC
805, Business Combinations. The FDIC indemnification asset is required to be measured in the same manner as the asset or liability to
which it relates. The FDIC indemnification asset is measured separately from the covered loans and other real estate owned assets
(OREO) because it is not contractually embedded in the covered loan and OREO assets, and is not transferable should the Company
choose to dispose of them. Fair value was estimated using projected cash flows available for loss sharing based on the credit
adjustments estimated for each loan pool and other real estate owned and the loss sharing percentages outlined in the shared-loss
agreements. These cash flows were discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursement
from the FDIC.
Because the acquired loans are subject to shared-loss agreements and a corresponding indemnification asset exists to represent
the value of expected payments from the FDIC, increases and decreases in loan accretable yield due to changing loss expectations will
also have an impact to the valuation of the FDIC indemnification asset. Improvement in loss expectations will typically increase loan
accretable yield and decrease the value of the FDIC indemnification asset, and in some instances, result in an amortizable premium on
the FDIC indemnification asset. Increases in loss expectations will typically be recognized as impairment in the current period through
allowance for loan losses, resulting in additional noninterest income for the amount of the increase in the FDIC indemnification asset.
Other Intangible Assets
The Company is accounting for other intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Others.
Under FASB ASC 350, acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of the
assets can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged, and amortized over their useful lives The costs of purchased deposit
relationships and other intangible assets, based on independent valuation by a qualified third party, are being amortized over their
estimated lives. The core deposit intangible is evaluated for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC 350.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net
deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the
various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing
authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be
ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all
available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the
resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions
that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent
likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions
taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the
accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon
examination. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the
statement of income. Under FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that
some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In management’s opinion, based on a three year taxable income projection,
27
tax strategies which would result in potential securities gains and the effects of off-setting deferred tax liabilities, it is more likely than
not that the deferred tax assets are realizable.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U. S. federal income tax as well as various state income taxes. Years 2011
through 2014 are open to examination by the respective tax authorities
Other Real Estate Owned
Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure is held for sale and is initially recorded at the fair value at the date of
foreclosure net of estimated disposal costs, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically
performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair value less costs to sell. Revenues
and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating expenses. Costs to bring a
property to salable condition are capitalized up to the fair value of the property while costs to maintain a property in salable condition
are expensed as incurred.
OVERVIEW
At December 31, 2014, the Company had total assets of $1.156 billion, an increase of $66.2 million, or 6.1%, from total assets of
$1.090 billion at December 31, 2013. Total loans were $727.5 million at December 31, 2014, increasing $58.0 million from $669.4
million at December 31, 2013. Total non-covered loans were $664.7 million at December 31, 2014 versus $596.2 million at
December 31, 2013. Total non-covered loans increased $68.6 million, or 11.5%, during 2014. The December 31, 2014 total includes
$4.7 million of loans formerly categorized under the FDIC shared-loss agreement, which are now categorized as non-covered loans
(the “PCI loans”). While these loans no longer have FDIC loss guaranties, they are subject to SOP 03-3 accounting rules; thus, they
will not receive consideration under the allowance for loan losses under the normal non-covered portfolio. Excluding the $4.7 million
mentioned above, non-covered loans would have increased $63.8 million, or 10.7%, since December 31, 2013. As anticipated, the
carrying value of FDIC covered loans declined $10.5 million, or 14.4%, since December 31, 2013 and were $62.7 million at
December 31, 2014.
The Company’s securities portfolio increased $16.9 million, or 5.6%, from $302.7 million at December 31, 2013 to $319.6
million at December 31, 2014. Realized gains of $1.1 million occurred during 2014 through sales and call activity.
The Company is required to account for the effect of market changes in the value of securities available-for-sale (AFS) under
FASB ASC 320, Investments - Debt and Equity Securities. The market value of the AFS portfolio was $274.6 million and
$265.8 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company had a net unrealized gain of $2.2 million and a net
unrealized loss of $6.0 million in the AFS portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2014 were $834.4 million, an increase of $12.2 million, or 1.5%, from December 31,
2013. NOW, MMDA and savings account balances increased $21.6 million, $7.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively, since
December 31, 2013. Retail time deposit account balances increased $51.6 million, or 10.8%, during 2014, while brokered time
deposits declined $31.6 million, or 30.1%, since year end. Management allowed brokered time deposits to mature as needed and were
replaced with FHLB borrowings. Brokered funding was used, in part, to fund the sale of the Georgia branches in 2013, and the
corresponding generation of retail deposits was precipitated by an overall improvement in the sales culture of the Bank’s branch
system.
FHLB advances were $96.4 million at December 31, 2014, compared with $77.1 million at December 31, 2013. The Company
increased the level of FHLB advances due to the low cost nature of this funding source and to assist with funding the sale of the
Georgia franchise in the fourth quarter of 2013. Furthermore, management increased its FHLB funding during the fourth quarter of
2014 by $14.8 million, while entering into a $30 million notional value balance sheet swap.
Long term debt totaled $9.7 million at December 31, 2014. This borrowing, initially in the amount of $10.7 million, was
obtained in April 2014, and the proceeds were used to redeem the Company’s remaining outstanding TARP preferred stock. The
Company made a $1.0 million principal payment during the third quarter of 2014.
Shareholders' equity was $107.7 million at December 31, 2014 and $106.7 million at December 31, 2013. In April 2014, $11.5
million in equity was redeemed in connection with the repurchase of the TARP preferred stock and the associated warrant. Despite
this reduction, shareholders’ equity increased $991,000, or 0.9%. The increase was from earnings retention as well as a $4.8 million
improvement in other comprehensive income related primarily to the unrealized gains and losses in the investment portfolio. Despite
the reduction in capital with the redemption of the TARP preferred stock, the equity-to-asset ratios remained solid at 9.3%, and 9.8%
at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
28
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Income
Net income was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with $5.9 million for the 2013 fiscal year. The
$1.6 million, or 27.3%, improvement year over year was primarily driven by a $2.5 million reduction in noninterest expenses. Net
income available to common shareholders was $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with $4.8 million for
fiscal year 2013, an increase of 51.8%. Earnings per common share, basic and fully diluted, were $0.33 per share and $0.22 per share
for the respective time frames.
When comparing the 2012 and 2013 years, net income increased $324,000, or 5.8%, from net income of $5.6 million in 2012 to
net income of $5.9 million in 2013. Net income available to common shareholders was $4.8 million, or $0.22 per common share on a
diluted basis, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with net income available to common shareholders of $4.5 million, or
$0.21 per common share on a diluted basis, for the year ended December 31, 2012. While the net interest margin and net interest
earnings were squeezed, as has been typical in the industry, the Company benefitted from no provision for loan losses during 2013 as
asset quality improved.
Net Interest Income
The Company’s operating results depend primarily on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on
interest earning assets, including securities and loans, and interest expense incurred on interest bearing liabilities, including deposits
and other borrowed funds. Net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest earning assets and interest
bearing liabilities, referred to as a “volume change.” It is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest earning assets and rates
paid on interest bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as a “rate change.”
Net interest income declined $1.2 million to $41.8 million for fiscal 2014 versus fiscal 2013. The 2.7% decline in net interest
income was primarily driven by a decline in covered loan interest income of $1.3 million, or 10.6%. Overall, interest income declined
$1.3 million, or 2.6%, while interest expense declined $145,000, or 2.0%. Significant cash payments on loans related to pools that
were previously written down to a zero carrying value equaled $1.3 million in each of 2013 and 2014. The Company's net interest
spread declined from 4.25% for the year ended December 31, 2013 to 4.12% for the same period in 2014. Interest spread is the
product of yield on earning assets less cost of total interest bearing liabilities. While the cost of interest bearing liabilities improved by
two basis points during the comparison period, the yield on earning assets declined by 15 basis points to 4.87% for the 2014 year. The
result was a net interest margin of 4.18% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with 4.32% for the 2013 year.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, net interest income of $43.0 million decreased $1.1 million, or 2.4%, from net interest
income of $44.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company's net interest spread declined from 4.46% for the year
ended December 31, 2012 to 4.25% for the same period in 2013. This was the product of a 29 basis point decline in the cost of interest
bearing liabilities and a 50 basis point decline in the yield on earning assets during the comparison period. Correspondingly, the net
interest margin declined 21 basis points from 4.53% for the year ended December 31, 2012 year to 4.32% for the 2013 year.
Interest and fees on non-covered loans were $30.2 million compared with $29.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014
and 2013, respectively. While average non-covered loan balances increased $39.4 million over this time frame, the yield earned on
these balances declined 24 basis points to 4.83%. Competitive pricing to garner quality loans drove lower non-covered loan yields.
Securities interest income declined $551,000, or 6.6%, over the same time frame and was partially offset by the $495,000, or 1.7%,
increase in non-covered loan interest income mentioned above. Average balances on securities decreased $12.4 million during fiscal
2014 versus fiscal 2013, and the tax equivalent yield on the portfolio declined only two basis points to 2.76%.
Interest and fees on non-covered loans decreased $962,000, or 3.1%, to $29.7 million during 2013. Interest and fee income on
covered loans equaled $11.9 million during 2013. Cost of interest bearing liabilities during 2013 totaled $7.1 million, of which interest
on deposits was $6.4 million. This compares with $9.7 million in total interest expense and $8.5 million in interest on deposits in
2012.
The Company’s total loan to deposit ratio was 79.16% at December 31, 2014 versus 75.02% at December 31, 2013 The increase
in the loan to deposit ratio is the direct result of the robust non-covered loan growth previously mentioned.
The Company’s total loan to deposit ratio was 75.02% at December 31, 2013 versus 67.75% at December 31, 2012. While total
loans increased $9.3 million in 2013 compared to 2012, the 7.3% increase is mainly attributable to the $82 million decline in deposit
balances in 2013, due to the Georgia branch sale.
29
The following table presents the total amount of average balances, interest income from average interest earning assets and the
resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates. Except as
indicated in the footnote, no tax equivalent adjustments were made. Any non-accruing loans have been included in the table as loans
carrying a zero yield.
NET INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2014
Year ended December 31, 2013
Year ended December 31, 2012
Average
Balance
Sheet
Interest
Income/
Expense
Average
Rates
Earned/
Paid
Average
Balance
Sheet
Average
Interest Rates
Income/ Earned/
Expense
Paid
Average
Balance
Sheet
Average
Rates
Interest
Income/ Earned/
Expense
Paid
$
624,766
$
30,191
4.83 %
$
585,343
$ 29,696
5.07 % $
556,113
$
30,658
5.51 %
ASSETS
Loans, including fees
Loans covered by FDIC loss
share
Total loans
Interest bearing bank balances
Federal funds sold
Investments (taxable)
Investments (tax exempt) (1)
Total earning assets
Allowance for loan losses
Non-earning assets
Total assets
10,672
40,863
61
0
6,835
1,463
49,222
15.96
5.91
0.32
0.10
2.55
4.54
4.87
66,868
691,634
19,103
389
268,324
32,237
1,011,687
(10,742)
114,545
$ 1,115,490
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
Demand - interest bearing
Savings
Time deposits
Total deposits
Short-term borrowings
FHLB and other borrowings
Long-term debt
Total interest bearing
liabilities
Non-interest bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Shareholders' equity
$
204,386
77,138
552,709
834,233
1,855
85,661
7,077
928,826
76,515
4,184
1,009,525
105,965
$
595
253
5,010
5,858
11
776
288
6,933
0.29 %
0.33
0.91
0.70
0.59
0.91
4.07
0.75
79,140
664,483
22,423
3,453
292,618
20,294
1,003,271
(12,352)
130,033
$ 1,120,952
$
238,545
81,368
546,788
866,701
1,452
55,376
-
923,528
80,326
3,933
1,007,787
113,165
11,936
41,632
58
3
7,693
998
50,384
15.08
6.27
0.26
0.10
2.63
4.92
5.02
91,489
647,602
22,425
4,254
289,617
13,168
977,066
(14,601)
145,507
$ 1,107,972
14,105
44,763
54
5
8,408
741
53,971
15.42
6.91
0.24
0.11
2.90
5.63
5.52
$
742
277
5,351
6,370
8
700
-
7,078
0.31 % $
0.34
0.98
0.73
0.56
1.26
-
0.77
859
256
7,393
8,508
9
1,175
-
9,692
0.36 %
0.35
1.33
0.98
0.64
2.59
-
1.06
$
238,418
74,129
556,784
869,331
1,348
45,359
-
916,038
72,391
4,532
992,961
115,011
Total liabilities and
shareholders' equity
Net interest earnings
Interest spread
Net interest margin
$ 1,115,490
$ 1,120,952
$ 1,107,972
$
42,289
$ 43,306
$
44,279
4.12 %
4.18 %
4.25 %
4.32 %
4.46 %
4.53 %
(1) Income and yields are reported on a tax equivalent basis assuming a federal tax rate of 34%.
30
The following table presents changes in interest income and interest expense and distinguishes between the changes related to
increases or decreases in average outstanding balances of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities (volume), and the
changes related to increases or decreases in average interest rates on such assets and liabilities (rate). No tax equivalent adjustments
were made.
EFFECT OF RATE-VOLUME CHANGE ON NET INTEREST INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Income:
Loans, including fees
Loans covered by FDIC
Interest bearing bank balances
Federal funds sold
Investments
2014 compared to 2013
Increase (Decrease)
Rate
Volume
2013 compared to 2012
Increase (Decrease)
Total
Volume
Rate
Total
$
$
2,000
(1,851)
(9)
(3)
(330)
(1,505) $
587
11
1
(221)
495
(1,264)
2
(2)
(551)
$
1,611 $
(1,904)
-
(1)
298
$
(2,573)
(265)
4
(1)
(843)
(962)
(2,169)
4
(2)
(545)
Total Earning Assets
(193)
(1,127)
(1,320)
4
(3,678))
(3,674)
Interest Expense:
Demand deposits
Savings deposits
Time deposits
Total deposits
Other borrowed funds
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Net increase (decrease) in net interest income
$
Provision for Loan Losses
(106)
(14)
58
(62)
470
408
(601)
(41)
(10)
(399)
(450)
(103)
(147)
(24)
(341)
(512)
367
-
25
(133)
(108)
(117)
(4)
(1,909)
(2,030)
(117)
21
(2,042)
(2,138)
256
(731)
(475)
(553)
(574) $
(145)
(1,175)
$
150
(144) $
$
(2,761)
(917)
$
(2,613)
(1,061)
Management actively monitors the Company’s asset quality and provides specific loss provisions when necessary. Provisions for
loan losses are charged to income to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the
Company based on such factors as historical credit loss experience, industry diversification of the commercial loan portfolio, the
amount of nonperforming loans and related collateral, the volume growth and composition of the loan portfolio, current economic
conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay and the value of collateral, the evaluation of the loan portfolio through the
internal loan review function and other relevant factors. See Allowance for Loan Losses on Non-covered Loans in the Critical
Accounting Policies section above for further discussion.
Loans are charged-off against the allowance for loan losses when appropriate. Although management believes it uses the best
information available to make determinations with respect to the provision for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if
economic conditions differ from the assumptions used in making the initial determinations.
Management also actively monitors its covered loan portfolio for impairment and necessary loan loss provisions. Provisions for
covered loans may be necessary due to a change in expected cash flows or an increase in expected losses within a pool of loans.
The Company did not record a provision for loan losses in 2014 or 2013. The Company records a separate provision for loan
losses for its non-covered loan portfolio and its FDIC covered loan portfolio. There was no provision for loan losses on the FDIC
covered loan portfolio during 2014 or 2013. Likewise, there was no provision for loan losses on the non-covered loan portfolio during
2014 or 2013. With respect to the non-covered loan portfolio, this was the direct result of continued improvement in loan quality as
evidenced by the lower net charge-offs than in prior years coupled with lower levels of classified assets.
The provision for loan losses was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The provision for loan losses on non-
covered loans was $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the provision for loan losses on covered loans was a
$250,000 credit for the year ended December 31, 2012, which was the result of improvement in expected losses on the Company’s
FDIC covered portfolio, which the Company recognized in the first quarter of the year.
31
The allowance for loan losses equaled 55.9% of non-covered nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2014, compared with 86.3% at
December 31, 2013. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total nonperforming assets was 41.6% at December 31, 2014
compared with 56.9% at December 31, 2013. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to total non-covered loans, excluding PCI
loans, was 1.40% at December 31, 2014, compared with 1.75% at December 31, 2013. Net charged-off loans were $1.2 million in
2014, compared with $2.5 million in 2013.
One loan relationship, aggregating $8.7 million, already identified as “substandard” was placed on non-accrual status during the
fourth quarter of 2014. This one relationship precipitated the decline in the coverage ratios noted above. Management is currently
working closely with the borrower.
While the covered loan portfolio contains significant risk, it was considered in determining the initial fair value, which was
reflected in adjustments recorded at the time of the SFSB transaction, less the FDIC guaranteed portion of losses on covered assets.
See the Asset Quality discussion below for further analysis.
Noninterest Income
For the year ended December 31, 2014, noninterest income totaled $5.3 million, a $545,000 or 11.5% increase from the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2013. Net gain on the sale of securities and net gain on the sale of loans more than offset a reduction in
service charge income, year-over-year. Net securities gains equaled $1.1 million in fiscal 2014 versus $518,000 in fiscal 2013. The
$571,000 increase in net securities gains was partially the result of a divestiture of mortgage backed investments which were
subsequently re-invested into higher yielding municipal securities. Net gain on the sale of loans increased $560,000 from 2013 to
2014. While net loan sale gains totaled $201,000 in fiscal 2014, the Company recorded a net loss of $359,000 on the sale of loans in
fiscal 2013. Throughout 2013 and 2014, management selectively sold USDA loans to mitigate accelerated premium amortization, due
to early payoff of loans held above par value. The recorded net loss noted in fiscal 2013 was precipitated by a $614,000 loss on the
sale of a non-USDA loan. These changes, year over year, more than offset a $539,000 reduction in service charge income. The loss
of service fee income was primarily due to the sale of the Georgia branches.
Noninterest income declined $1.5 million, or 23.9%, when comparing the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31,
2012. Noninterest income of $4.7 million for 2013 compares with $6.2 million for 2012. A decrease of $974,000 in gains on sales of
securities represented the largest decrease. Realized gains were $1.5 million in 2012 compared with $518,000 in 2013. During much
of 2012, the Company repositioned the securities portfolio to reduce interest rate risk in a rising rate environment. Gain/(loss) on sale
of other loans declined $359,000 and other noninterest income declined $152,000, the result of fewer billable losses under shared-loss
agreements reimbursed by the FDIC.
Noninterest Expenses
Noninterest expenses declined $2.5 million, or 6.3%, when comparing fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014. The vast share of the decline
was evidenced in four categories: OREO expenses, FDIC indemnification asset amortization, data processing fees, and amortization of
intangibles. OREO expenses declined $1.5 million, or 73.5%, during fiscal 2014 when compared to fiscal 2013. The Company
benefitted from a reduction of $654,000, or 10.1%, in indemnification asset amortization during fiscal 2014 versus the same time
frame in 2013. Data processing fees were $346,000, or 16.7%, lower for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with year ended
December 31, 2013, and intangible amortization was $294,000, or 13.4%, lower over the same time frame. These two expense
reductions were due in part to the sale of the Georgia branches. Other operating expenses and salaries and wages increased
$401,000, or 6.7%, and $155,000, or 1.0%, respectively, year over year.
For the year ended December 31, 2013, noninterest expenses were $39.3 million, a decrease of $2.0 million from noninterest
expenses of $41.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. FDIC assessment declined $642,000, or 43.2%, from $1.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $843,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 due to rate decreases by the FDIC. Salaries
and employee benefits were down $530,000, or 3.2%, for the same time frame. This was the result of a combination of the decrease in
workforce due to the Georgia branch sale and attrition absorbed by the Company. FDIC indemnification asset amortization of $6.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2013 represented a decrease of $487,000, or 7.0%, from $6.9 million during
2012. Amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset is the result of better than expected performance on the covered loan portfolio.
This better than expected performance also resulted in increased accretable yield and interest income on the covered loan portfolio.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense was $2.7 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The
effective tax rate for 2014 equaled 26.6% versus 29.7% in 2013. This decline was due to the increase in tax free municipal bonds
purchased during the year and non-taxable bank owned life insurance proceeds of $406,000.
32
For the year ended December 31, 2012 income tax expense was $2.1 million, which equated to an effective tax rate of 27.8%.
The Company has evaluated the need for a deferred tax valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 in
accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes. Based on a three year taxable income projection, tax strategies that would result in
potential securities gains and the effects of off-setting deferred tax liabilities, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that
the deferred tax assets are realizable. Therefore, no allowance was required.
Loans
Total loans were $727.5 million at December 31, 2014, increasing $58.0 million from $669.4 million at December 31, 2013.
Total non-covered loans were $664.7 million at December 31, 2014 versus $596.2 million at December 31, 2013. Total non-covered
loans increased $68.6 million, or 11.5%, during 2014. The December 31, 2014 total includes $4.7 million of loans formerly
categorized under the FDIC shared-loss agreement, which are now categorized as non-covered loans (the “PCI loans”). While these
loans no longer have FDIC loss guaranties, they are subject to SOP 03-3 accounting rules; thus, they will not receive consideration
under the allowance for loan losses under the normal non-covered portfolio. Excluding the $4.7 million mentioned above, non-
covered loans would have increased $63.8 million, or 10.7%, since December 31, 2013. The majority of the loan growth as evidenced
by the chart below has been in the commercial real estate and residential real estate categories. Commercial real estate loans grew
$36.1 million, or 14.6%, while residential real estate loans grew $24.0 million, or 16.6%, during 2014. As anticipated, the carrying
value of FDIC covered loans declined $10.5 million, or 14.4%, since December 31, 2013 and were $62.7 million at December 31,
2014.
The following tables indicate the total dollar amount of loans outstanding and the percentage of gross loans as of December 31
of the years presented (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Gross loans
Less unearned income on loans
Non-covered loans, net of unearned income
Non-Covered Loans
2014
Covered Loans
Total Loans
25.32 %
42.63
8.95
0.90
5.09
1.08
83.97
14.99
0.82
0.22
100.00 %
$168,358
283,430
59,515
6,016
33,830
7,167
558,316
99,634
5,470
1,444
664,864
(128)
$664,736
$59,075
—
—
3,393
276
—
62,744
—
—
—
62,744
—
$62,744
94.15 %
—
—
5.41
0.44
—
100.00
—
—
—
100.00 %
$227,433
283,430
59,515
9,409
34,106
7,167
621,060
99,634
5,470
1,444
727,608
(128)
$727,480
31.26 %
38.95
8.18
1.29
4.69
0.99
85.36
13.69
0.75
0.20
100.00 %
33
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Gross loans
Less unearned income on loans
Non-covered loans, net of unearned income
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Gross loans
Less unearned income on loans
Non-covered loans, net of unearned income
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Gross loans
Less unearned income on loans
Non-covered loans, net of unearned income
Non-Covered Loans
2013
Covered Loans
Total Loans
24.21 %
41.47
9.27
1.15
6.00
1.60
83.70
15.12
0.94
0.24
100.00 %
$144,382
247,284
55,278
6,854
35,774
9,565
499,137
90,142
5,623
1,435
596,337
(164)
$596,173
$64,610
1,389
2,940
3,898
266
172
73,275
—
—
—
73,275
—
$73,275
88.18 %
1.90
4.01
5.32
0.36
0.23
100.00
—
—
—
100.00 %
$208,992
248,673
58,218
10,752
36,040
9,737
572,412
90,142
5,623
1,435
669,612
(164)
$669,448
31.22 %
37.15
8.70
1.61
5.38
1.45
85.51
13.47
0.84
0.18
100.00 %
Non-Covered Loans
2012
Covered Loans
Total Loans
23.53 %
42.83
10.62
1.26
4.98
1.79
85.01
13.52
1.20
0.27
100.00 %
$135,420
246,521
61,127
7,230
28,683
10,359
489,340
77,835
6,929
1,526
575,630
(148)
$575,482
$74,046
1,986
3,264
4,864
304
172
84,636
—
1
—
84,637
—
$84,637
87.47 %
2.35
3.86
5.75
0.36
0.20
99.99
—
0.01
—
100.00 %
$209,466
248,507
64,391
12,094
28,987
10,531
573,976
77,835
6,930
1,526
660,267
(148)
$660,119
31.73 %
37.64
9.75
1.83
4.39
1.59
86.93
11.79
1.05
0.23
100.00 %
Non-Covered Loans
2011
Covered Loans
Total Loans
$127,200
220,471
75,691
8,129
19,746
11,444
462,681
72,149
8,461
1,659
544,950
(232)
$544,718
23.34 % $84,734
2,170
40.46
4,260
13.89
5,894
1.49
316
3.62
179
2.10
97,553
84.90
13.24
—
8
1.55
0.31
—
97,561
100.00 %
86.85 % $211,934
222,641
79,951
14,023
20,062
11,623
560,234
72,149
8,469
1,659
642,511
2.22
4.38
6.04
0.32
0.18
99.99
—
0.01
—
100.00 %
32.99 %
34.65
12.44
2.18
3.12
1.81
87.19
11.23
1.32
0.26
100.00 %
—
$97,561
(232)
$642,279
34
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Gross loans
Less unearned income on loans
Non-covered loans, net of unearned income
Non-Covered Loans
Covered Loans
Total Loans
2010
$137,522
205,034
103,763
9,680
9,831
3,820
469,650
44,368
9,811
1,993
525,822
(274)
$525,548
26.15 %
38.99
19.73
1.84
1.87
0.73
89.31
8.44
1.87
0.38
100.00 %
$99,312
2,800
5,751
7,542
38
—
115,433
—
94
—
115,537
—
$115,537
85.96 %
2.42
4.98
6.53
0.03
—
99.92
—
0.08
—
100.00 %
$236,834
207,834
109,514
17,222
9,869
3,820
585,083
44,368
9,905
1,993
641,359
(274)
$641,085
36.92 %
32.40
17.08
2.69
1.54
0.60
91.23
6.92
1.54
0.31
100.00 %
The following table indicates the contractual maturity of commercial and construction and land development loans as of
December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):
Within 1 year
Variable Rate
One to Five Years
After Five Years
Total
Fixed Rate
One to Five Years
After Five Years
Total
Total Maturities
Asset Quality – non-covered assets
Commercial
Construction and land
development
$
$
$
$
$
$
50,839
3,903
8,640
12,543
32,355
3,897
36,252
99,634
$
$
$
$
$
$
36,260
1,268
3,561
4,829
17,469
957
18,426
59,515
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the amount appropriate to provide for probable losses
inherent in the loan portfolio.
Non-covered loan quality is continually monitored, and the Company’s management has established an allowance for loan losses
that it believes is appropriate for the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Among other factors, management considers the Company’s
historical loss experience, the size and composition of the loan portfolio, the value and appropriateness of collateral and guarantors,
nonperforming loans and current and anticipated economic conditions. There are additional risks of future loan losses, which cannot
be precisely quantified nor attributed to particular loans or classes of loans. Because those risks include general economic trends, as
well as conditions affecting individual borrowers, the allowance for loan losses is an estimate. The allowance is also subject to
regulatory examinations and determination as to appropriateness, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used
to calculate the allowance and size of the allowance in comparison to peer companies identified by regulatory agencies. See Allowance
for Loan Losses on Non-covered Loans in the Critical Accounting Policies section above for further discussion.
The Company maintains a list of non-covered loans that have potential weaknesses and thus may need special attention. This
nonperforming loan list is used to monitor such loans and is used in the determination of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan
losses. At December 31, 2014, nonperforming assets totaled $22.3 million and net charge-offs were $1.2 million. Nonperforming
assets totaled $18.3 million and net charge-offs were $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Nonperforming non-covered loans were $16.6 million at December 31, 2014 compared to $12.1 million at December 31, 2013, a
$4.5 million increase. Additions to nonaccrual loans during 2014 totaled $11.7 million, of which $8.7 million was one commercial
35
loan relationship. The remaining increase related primarily to smaller residential and commercial property relationships, which are
also secured by real estate. There were $2.4 million in charge-offs taken during 2014 of which $1.2 million were centered in
commercial loans. There were $2.0 million in pay-downs during the period and $1.7 million in loans returned to accruing status.
Foreclosures for the period totaled $1.1 million.
The following table sets forth selected asset quality data and ratios with respect to non-covered assets, excluding PCI loans, at
December 31 of the years presented (dollars in thousands):
Nonaccrual loans
Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest
Total nonperforming non-covered loans
OREO – non-covered
Total nonperforming non-covered assets
2014
$ 16,571
—
16,571
5,724
$ 22,295
2013
$ 12,105
—
12,105
6,244
$ 18,349
2012
$ 21,048
509
21,557
10,793
$ 32,350
2011
$ 28,542
2,005
30,547
10,252
$ 40,799
2010
$ 36,532
389
36,921
5,928
$ 42,849
Accruing troubled debt restructure loans
$ 6,195
$ 9,922
$ 9,990
$ 5,946
$ 4,007
Balances
Specific reserve on impaired loans
General reserve related to impaired loans evaluated
as a pool (1)
General reserve related to unimpaired loans
Total allowance for loan losses
Average loans during the year, net of unearned
1,694
—
7,573
9,267
1,604
2,656
2,765
7,666
—
8,840
10,444
—
10,264
12,920
—
12,070
14,835
1,882
15,995
25,543
income
621,213
585,343
556,113
510,940
562,581
Impaired loans
Non-impaired loans
Total loans, net of unearned income
16,852
643,168
660,020
13,801
582,372
596,173
22,365
553,117
575,482
35,158
509,560
544,718
44,974
480,574
525,548
Ratios
Allowance for loan losses to loans
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans
General reserve to non-impaired loans
Nonaccrual loans to loans
Nonperforming assets to loans and OREO
Net charge-offs to average loans
1.40 %
1.75 %
2.25 %
2.72 %
4.86 %
41.57
55.92
1.18
2.51
3.35
0.19
56.92
86.28
1.52
2.03
3.05
0.42
39.94
61.38
1.86
3.66
5.52
0.60
36.36
51.98
2.37
5.24
7.35
2.39
59.61
69.92
3.33
6.95
8.06
3.40
(1) As of first quarter 2011, the Company included the reserve on impaired loans evaluated as a pool as part of the specific reserve. The
amount of this reserve was $346,000 as of December 31, 2011.
At December 31, 2014, the Company had eight construction and land development credit relationships in nonaccrual status. The
borrowers for all of these relationships are residential land developers. All of the relationships are secured by the real estate to be
developed, and all of such projects are in the Company’s central Virginia market. The total amount of the credit exposure outstanding
at December 31, 2014 was $4.9 million. These loans have either been charged down or sufficiently reserved against to equate to the
current expected realizable value.
The total amount of the allowance for loan losses attributed to all eight relationships was $599,000 at December 31, 2014, or
12.18% of the total credit exposure outstanding. The Company establishes its reserves as described above in Allowance for Loan
Losses on Non-covered Loans in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section. In conjunction with the impairment analysis the Company
performs as part of its allowance methodology, the Company orders appraisals for all loans with balances in excess of $250,000 unless
there existed an appraisal that was not older than 12 months. The Company orders an automated valuation for balances between
$100,000 and $250,000 and uses a ratio analysis for balances less than $100,000. The Company maintains detailed analysis and other
information for its allowance methodology, both for internal purposes and for review by its regulators.
36
The Company performs troubled debt restructures (TDR) and other various loan workouts whereby an existing loan may be
restructured into multiple new loans. The Company had 17 loans for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, that met
the definition of a TDR, which are loans that for reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties have been restructured on terms
and conditions that would otherwise not be offered or granted. There were four loans for each of the years ended December 31, 2014
and 2013 that were restructured using multiple new loans. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregated outstanding principal of
all TDRs was $7.0 million and $11.1 million, respectively, of which $757,000 and $1.2 million, respectively, were classified as
nonaccrual.
The primary benefit of the restructured multiple loan workout strategy is to maximize the potential return by restructuring the
loan into a “good loan” (the A loan) and a “bad loan” (the B loan). The impact on interest is positive because the Bank is collecting
interest on the A loan rather than potentially not collecting interest on the entire original loan structure. The A loan is underwritten
pursuant to the Bank’s standard requirements and graded accordingly. The B loan is classified as either “doubtful” or “loss”. An
impairment analysis is performed on the B loan, and, based on its results, all or a portion of the B loan is charged-off or a specific loan
loss reserve is established.
The Company does not modify its nonaccrual policies in this arrangement, and the A loan and the B loan stand on their own
terms. At inception, this structure meets the definition of a TDR. If the loan is on nonaccrual at the time of restructure, the A loan is
held on nonaccrual until six consecutive payments have been received, at which time it may be put back on an accrual status. The B
loan is placed on nonaccrual. Under the terms of each loan, the borrower’s payment is contractually due.
The following table presents the composition of the Company’s nonaccrual loans as of December 31 of the years presented
(dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
2014
2013
2012
2011
2010
$ 3,342
607
4,920
61
—
—
8,930
7,521
120
—
$ 16,571
$ 4,229
1,382
5,882
225
—
205
11,923
127
55
—
$ 12,105
$ 5,562
5,818
8,815
141
—
250
20,586
385
77
—
$ 21,048
$ 5,320
9,187
12,718
189
—
53
27,467
1,003
72
—
$ 28,542
$ 9,600
7,181
16,854
218
—
—
33,853
2,619
60
—
$ 36,352
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, total impaired non-covered loans equaled $16.9 million and $13.8 million, respectively.
Asset Quality – covered assets
Loans accounted for under FASB ASC 310-30 are generally considered accruing and performing loans as the loans accrete
interest income over the estimated life of the loan. Accordingly, acquired impaired loans that are contractually past due are still
considered to be accruing and performing loans.
The Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows that it expects to collect from a pool of covered loans, which include
undiscounted expected principal and interest. Over the life of the loan or pool, the Company continues to estimate cash flows expected
to be collected. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the pool are recognized as impairment in
the current period through the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows are first used to reverse any
existing valuation allowance for that loan or pool. Any remaining increase in cash flows expected to be collected is recognized as an
adjustment to the yield over the remaining life of the pool.
For more information regarding the shared-loss agreements, see the discussion of the allowance for covered loans under the
“Critical Accounting Policies” section of this item.
37
Allowance for Credit Losses on Non-covered loans
The following table indicates the dollar amount of the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans, excluding PCI loans,
including charge-offs and recoveries by loan type and related ratios as of December 31 of the years presented (dollars in thousands):
Balance, beginning of year
Loans charged-off:
Commercial
Real estate
Consumer and other loans
Total loans charged-off
Recoveries:
Commercial
Real estate
Consumer and other loans
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs (recoveries)
Provision for loan losses
Balance, end of year
2014
$
10,444 $
2013
12,920 $
2012
14,835 $
2011
25,543 $
2010
18,169
1,217
1,179
134
2,530
325
2,999
167
3,491
695
4,582
220
5,497
3,615
8,891
288
12,794
1,065
178
110
1,353
1,177
-
9,267 $
82
857
76
1,015
2,476
-
10,444 $
242
1,807
83
2,132
3,365
1,450
12,920 $
207
176
205
588
12,206
1,498
14,835 $
$
2,125
17,307
628
20,060
178
691
82
951
19,109
26,483
25,543
Allowance for loan losses to non-covered
loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average non-
covered loans
Allowance to nonperforming non-covered
loans
1.40 %
1.75 %
2.25 %
2.72 %
4.86 %
0.19 %
0.42 %
0.61 %
2.39 %
3.40 %
55.92 %
86.28 %
59.93 %
48.56 %
69.18 %
During 2014, the Bank’s net charge-offs decreased $1.3 million from the prior year and were primarily centered in real estate.
Net charge-offs by loan category to total net charge-offs were the following for 2014: 12.9% for commercial loans, 85.1% for real
estate loans, and 2.0% for consumer loans.
During 2013, the Bank’s net charge-offs decreased $889,000 from the prior year and were primarily centered in real estate. Net
charge-offs by loan category to total net charge-offs were the following for 2013: 9.8% for commercial loans, 86.5% for real estate
loans, and 3.7% for consumer loans.
While the entire allowance is available to cover charge-offs from all loan types, the following table indicates the dollar amount
allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan type, as well as the ratio of the related outstanding loan balances to non-covered
loans, excluding PCI loans, as of December 31 of the years presented (dollars in thousands):
Commercial
Construction and land
development
Real estate mortgage
Consumer and other
Total allowance
2014
2013
2012
2011
Amount
$ 1,242
%
Amount
15.2 % $ 1,546
%
Amount %
Amount %
15.1 % $ 1,961 13.5 % $ 1,810
13.2 % $ 2,691 8.4 %
2010
Amount %
1,930
5,983
112
$ 9,267
8.6
75.2
1.0
2,252
6,519
127
100 % $ 10,444
9.3
74.4
1.2
5,729
3,773 10.6
7,044
6,973 74.4
252
213 1.5
100 % $ 12,920 100 % $ 14,835
13.9
71.0
1.9
100 % $ 25,543 100 %
10,039 19.7
12,481 69.6
332 2.3
Allowance for Credit Losses on Covered Loans
The covered loans are subject to credit review standards for non-covered loans. If and when credit deterioration occurs
subsequent to the date that they were acquired, a provision for credit loss for covered loans will be charged to earnings for the full
amount without regard to the shared-loss agreements. The Company makes an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect
from a pool of covered loans, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest. Over the life of the loan or pool, the
Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over
the life of the pool are recognized as impairment in the current period through the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent increases in
expected cash flows are first used to reverse any existing valuation allowance for that loan or pool. Any remaining increase in cash
flows expected to be collected is recognized as an adjustment to the yield over the remaining life of the pool.
38
Securities
The Company’s securities portfolio increased $16.9 million, or 5.6%, from $302.7 million at December 31, 2013 to $319.6
million at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $274.6 million in securities available for sale and $36.2
million of securities held to maturity. Equity securities totaled $8.8 million. Realized gains of $1.1 million occurred during 2014
through sales and call activity.
As of December 31, 2013, securities equaled $302.7 million, a decrease of $56.1 million, or 15.6%, from the prior year end. At
December 31, 2013, the Company had securities designated available for sale of $265.8 million and held to maturity of $28.6 million,
with equity securities totaling $8.4 million. In 2013, the Company realized $342,000 in gains on sales of securities, net of tax. The
Company took a short-term position in a $40 million U.S. Treasury issue at December 31, 2012 to fully invest short-term excess cash
balances on deposit by local municipal governments. The issue matured in the first quarter of 2013 and is the primary factor for the
decrease in securities balances from December 31, 2012. The maturity of these funds was not reinvested but was offset by a decline in
public funds.
The following table summarizes the securities portfolio by contractual maturity and issuer, including weighted average yields,
excluding restricted stock, as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):
1 Year or Less
1-5 Years
5-10 Years
Over 10 Years
Total
U.S. Treasury Issue and other
U.S. Government agencies
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Weighted Avg Yield
$ 20,169
20,173
0.08%
$ 25,689
25,403
(0.36%)
$ 28,019
27,720
1.54%
$ 25,730
25,410
2.22%
$ 99,607
98,706
0.93%
State, county and municipal
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Weighted Avg Yield
Corporate bonds & other securities
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Weighted Avg Yield
Mortgage Backed securities
Total
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Weighted Avg Yield
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Weighted Avg Yield
3,059
3,086
3.22%
750
756
3.47%
570
589
2.23%
24,548
24,604
0.62%
28,246
29,648
3.72%
2,922
2,930
2.11%
19,629
19,976
2.24%
76,486
77,957
1.91%
114,323
116,824
3.42%
8,250
8,197
1.77%
10,754
10,696
2.38%
161,346
163,437
2.94%
20,454
20,699
3.43%
166,082
170,257
3.47%
-
-
-
-
-
-
11,922
11,883
1.96%
30,953
31,261
2.29%
46,184
46,109
2.76%
308,564
312,107
2.47%
39
The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity as of December 31 of the years presented
are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Available for Sale
Securities Held to Maturity
State, county and municipal
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Held to Maturity
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Available for Sale
Securities Held to Maturity
State, county and municipal
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Held to Maturity
December 31, 2014
Gross Unrealized
Amortized
Cost
$ 99,608
134,405
11,921
2,338
24,096
$ 272,368
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
$ 113 $ (1,014)
(854)
(55)
(98)
(27)
$ (2,048)
3,926
17
18
174
$ 4,248
$ 98,707
137,477
11,883
2,258
24,243
$ 274,568
$ 31,677 $ 1,103
238
1
$ 1,342
4,293
227
$ 36,197
$ —
—
—
$ —
$ 32,780
4,531
228
$ 37,539
December 31, 2013
Gross Unrealized
Amortized
Cost
$ 99,789
487
138,884
6,369
3,608
22,631
$ 271,768
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
$ 165
—
1,297
27
29
69
$ 1,587
$ (967)
(1)
(6,085)
(47)
(198)
(280)
$ (7,578)
$ 98,987
486
134,096
6,349
3,439
22,420
$ 265,777
$ 9,385
6,604
12,574
$ 28,563
$ 718
398
626
$ 1,742
$ —
—
—
$ —
$ 10,103
7,002
13,200
$ 30,305
40
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Available for Sale
Securities Held to Maturity
State, county and municipal
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Held to Maturity
December 31, 2012
Gross Unrealized
Amortized
Cost
$ 153,480
500
112,110
7,530
15,192
14,349
$ 303,161
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
$ 362
3
5,757
96
378
258
$ 6,854
$ (565)
—
(271)
(8)
(10)
(83)
$ (937)
$ 153,277
503
117,596
7,618
15,560
14,524
$ 309,078
$ 11,825
9,112
21,346
$ 42,283
$ 1,142
615
1,188
$ 2,945
$ —
—
—
$ —
$ 12,967
9,727
22,534
$ 45,228
Deposits
The Company’s lending and investing activities are funded primarily through its deposits. The following table summarizes the
average balance and average rate paid on deposits by product for the periods ended December 31 of the years presented (dollars in
thousands):
2014
Average
2013
Average
2012
Average
Rate
Paid
NOW
MMDA
Savings
Time deposits less than $100,000
Time deposits $100,000 and over
Total deposits
Average
Balance
$ 109,272
95,115
77,138
248,107
304,601
$ 834,233
Rate
Paid
Average
Balance
Rate
Paid
Average
Balance
0.22 % $ 128,965
109,580
0.37
81,368
0.33
287,908
0.93
258,880
0.89
$ 866,701
0.70
0.21 % $ 124,456
113,962
0.43
74,129
0.34
314,559
1.00
242,225
0.95
$ 869,331
0.73
0.28 %
0.45
0.35
1.34
1.31
0.98
The Company derives a significant amount of its deposits through time deposits, and certificates of deposit specifically. The
following table summarizes the contractual maturity of time deposits $100,000 or more, as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in
thousands):
Within 3 months
3-6 months
6-12 months
over 12 months
Total
$
$
50,737
52,076
58,311
137,671
298,795
41
Short-term Borrowings
The Company uses short-term borrowings in conjunction with deposits to fund lending and investing activities. Short-term
funding includes overnight borrowings from correspondent banks. The following information is provided for borrowings balances,
rates, and maturities as of December 31 of the years presented (dollars in thousands):
Short-term:
Federal Funds purchased
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Total short-term borrowings
Maximum month-end outstanding balance
Average outstanding balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Average interest rate at end of year
Liquidity
As of December 31
2014
2013
$
$
$
$
14,500
—
14,500
14,500
1,855
0.57 %
0.51 %
$
$
$
$
—
6,000
6,000
9,722
1,451
0.56 %
0.45 %
Liquidity represents the Company’s ability to meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of
existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. Liquid assets include cash, interest bearing
deposits with banks, federal funds sold and certain investment securities. As a result of the Company’s management of liquid assets
and the ability to generate liquidity through liability funding, management believes that the Company maintains overall liquidity
sufficient to satisfy its depositors’ requirements and meet its customers’ credit needs.
The Company’s results of operations are significantly affected by its ability to manage effectively the interest rate sensitivity and
maturity of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. A summary of the Company’s liquid assets at December 31, 2014
and 2013 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing bank deposits
Available for sale securities, at fair value, unpledged
Total liquid assets
Deposits and other liabilities
Ratio of liquid assets to deposits and other liabilities
December 31, 2014
$ 8,329
14,024
199,067
$ 221,420
1,048,084
21.13%
December 31, 2013
$ 10,857
12,978
185,278
$ 209,113
982,873
21.28%
Capital Resources
The determination of capital adequacy depends upon a number of factors, such as asset quality, liquidity, earnings, growth trends
and economic conditions. The Company seeks to maintain a strong capital base to support its growth and expansion plans, provide
stability to current operations and promote public confidence in the Company. The adequacy of the Company’s capital is reviewed by
management on an ongoing basis with reference to size, composition, and quality of the Company’s balance sheet. Moreover, capital
levels are regulated and compared with industry standards. Management seeks to maintain a capital level exceeding regulatory statutes
of “well capitalized” that is consistent to its overall growth plans, yet allows the Company to provide the optimal return to its
shareholders.
The federal banking regulators have defined three tests for assessing the capital strength and adequacy of banks, based on two
definitions of capital. “Tier 1 capital” is defined as common equity, retained earnings and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less
certain intangibles. “Tier 2 capital” is defined as specific subordinated debt, some hybrid capital instruments and other qualifying
preferred stock and a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses. “Total capital” is defined as tier 1 capital plus tier 2 capital.
Three risk-based capital ratios are computed using the above capital definitions, total assets and risk-weighted assets and are measured
against regulatory minimums to ascertain adequacy. All assets and off-balance sheet risk items are grouped into categories according
to degree of risk and assigned a risk-weighting, and the resulting total is risk-weighted assets. “Tier 1 risk-based capital” is tier 1
capital divided by risk-weighted assets. “Total risk-based capital” is total capital divided by risk-weighted assets. The leverage ratio is
tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets.
42
The following table shows the Company’s capital ratios at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2014
Amount
Ratio
December 31, 2013
Amount
Ratio
Total Capital to risk weighted assets
Company
Bank
Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets
Company
Bank
Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average total assets
$
Company
Bank
115,805
117,395
106,397
107,987
106,397
107,987
14.72 %
14.92 %
$
113,805
113,624
16.82 %
16.79 %
13.52 %
13.73 %
9.36 %
9.50 %
105,672
105,489
15.62 %
15.59 %
105,672
105,489
9.52 %
9.50 %
All capital ratios exceed regulatory minimums for well capitalized institutions as referenced in Note 20 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
On December 12, 2003, BOE Statutory Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was formed for the purpose of
issuing redeemable capital securities. On December 12, 2003, $4.124 million of trust preferred securities were issued through a direct
placement. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest. The average interest rate at December 31, 2014, 2013 and
2012 was 3.24%, 3.28% and 3.57%, respectively. The securities have a mandatory redemption date of December 12, 2033 and are
subject to varying call provisions that began December 12, 2008. The principal asset of the Trust is $4.124 million of the Company’s
junior subordinated debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the capital securities.
On December 19, 2008, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which it issued
17,680 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000
per share, for a total price of $17.68 million. The issuance was made pursuant to the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan under TARP.
The Preferred Stock paid a cumulative dividend at a rate of 5% per year during the first five years and thereafter at 9% per year. As
part of its purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Treasury received a warrant to purchase 780,000 shares of the Company’s
common stock at an initial per share exercise price of $3.40.
During 2013, the Company repurchased 7,000 shares of the original 17,680 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company
funded the repurchase through the earnings of its banking subsidiary. The form of the repurchase was a redemption under the terms of
the Series A Preferred Stock. The Company paid the Treasury $7.0 million, which represented 100% of the par value of the preferred
stock repurchased plus accrued dividends with respect to such shares.
On April 23, 2014, the Company repurchased the remaining 10,680 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company funded the
repurchase through an unsecured third-party term loan. The form of the repurchase was a redemption under the terms of the TARP
preferred stock. The Company paid the Treasury $10.9 million, which represented 100% of the par value of the preferred stock
repurchased plus accrued dividends with respect to such shares.
On June 4, 2014, the Company paid the Treasury $780,000 to repurchase the warrant that had been associated with the Series A
Preferred Stock. There are no other investments from the Company's participation in TARP that remain outstanding.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
A summary of the contract amount of the Bank’s exposure to off-balance sheet risk as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, is as
follows (dollars in thousands):
Commitments with off-balance sheet risk:
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Total commitments with off-balance sheet risks
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$ 87,017
7,358
$ 94,375
$ 72,183
9,978
$ 82,161
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established
in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.
43
Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of
collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the
counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income-producing
commercial properties.
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers.
Those lines of credit may be drawn upon only to the total extent to which the Company is committed.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a
third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper,
bond financing and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in
extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds certificates of deposit, deposit accounts and real estate as collateral
supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.
On November 7, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a total notional amount of $30 million. The
Company designated the swap as a cash flow hedge intended to protect against the variability in the expected future cash flows on the
designated variable rate borrowings. The swap hedges the interest rate risk, wherein the Company will receive an interest rate based
on the three month LIBOR from the counterparty and pays an interest rate of 1.69% to the same counterparty calculated on the
notional amount for a term of five years. The Company intends to sequentially issue a series of three month fixed rate debt as part of a
planned roll-over of short term debt for five years. The forecasted funding will be provided through one of the following wholesale
funding sources: a new FHLB advance, a new repurchase agreement, or a pool of brokered CDs, based on whichever market offers the
most advantageous pricing at the time that pricing is first initially determined for the effective date of the swap and each reset period
thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, each quarter when the Company rolls over the three month debt it will decide at that time
which funding source to use for that quarterly period.
At December 31, 2014, the fair value of the Company’s cash flow hedge was an unrealized gain of $23,000, which was recorded
in other assets. The Company’s cash flow hedge is deemed to be effective. Therefore, the gain was recorded as a component of other
comprehensive income recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
Contractual Obligations
A summary of the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2014 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Trust preferred debt
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Long term debt
Operating leases
Total contractual obligations
Total
Less Than 1 Year
$
$
4,124
96,401
9,680
5,467
115,672
$ —
70,746
4,005
709
75,460
$
1-3 Years
$ —
$
16,560
5,675
1,247
$ 23,482
$
4-5 Years
—
9,095
—
1,174
10,269
$
$
4,124
—
—
2,337
6,461
More Than 5
Years
Financial Ratios
Financial ratios give investors a way to compare companies within industries to analyze financial performance. Return on
average assets is net income as a percentage of average total assets. It is a key profitability ratio that indicates how effectively a bank
has used its total resources. Return on average equity is net income as a percentage of average stockholders’ equity. It provides a
measure of how productively a Company’s equity has been employed. Dividend payout ratio is the percentage of net income paid to
common shareholders as cash dividends during a given period. The Company did not pay dividends to common shareholders during
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. It is computed by dividing dividends per share by net income per common share.
The Company utilizes leverage within guidelines prescribed by federal banking regulators as described in the “Capital Requirements”
section. Leverage is average shareholders’ equity divided by average total assets.
44
The following table shows the Company’s financial ratios at the dates indicated:
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
Dividend payout ratio
Leverage
Non GAAP Measures
Year Ended December 31
2013
0.53 %
5.22 %
n/a
10.10 %
2014
0.67 %
7.09 %
n/a
9.50 %
2012
0.50 %
4.85 %
n/a
10.39 %
Beginning January 1, 2009, business combinations must be accounted for under FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, using
the acquisition method of accounting. The Company has accounted for its previous business combinations under the purchase method
of accounting. The original merger between the Company, TFC and BOE as well as the SFSB transaction were business combinations
accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. TCB transaction was accounted for as an asset purchase. At December 31,
2014, 2013 and 2012, core deposit intangible assets totaled $4.7 million, $6.6 million and $10.3 million, respectively. Goodwill was
zero at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
In reporting the results of 2014, 2013 and 2012 in Item 6 above, the Company has provided supplemental performance measures
on an operating or tangible basis. Such measures exclude amortization expense related to intangible assets, such as core deposit
intangibles.. The Company believes these measures are useful to investors as they exclude non-operating adjustments resulting from
acquisition activity and allow investors to see the combined economic results of the organization. Non-GAAP operating earnings per
share were $0.40 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with $0.33 in 2013 and $0.33 in 2012. Non-GAAP return on
average tangible common equity and assets for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 9.09% and 0.79%, respectively, compared with
8.38% and 0.66%, respectively, in 2013 and 8.31% and 0.65%, respectively, in 2012.
These measures are a supplement to GAAP used to prepare the Company’s financial statements and should not be viewed as a
substitute for GAAP measures. In addition, the Company’s non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of
other companies. The following table reconciles these non-GAAP measures from their respective GAAP basis measures for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
Net income
Plus: core deposit intangible amortization, net of tax
Non-GAAP operating earnings
Average assets
Less: average core deposit intangibles
Average tangible assets
Average equity
Less: average core deposit intangibles
Less: average preferred equity
Average tangible common equity
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
Non-GAAP earnings per share, diluted
Average tangible common equity/average tangible assets
Non-GAAP return on average tangible assets
Non-GAAP return on average tangible common equity
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2014
7,516
1,259
8,775
1,115,490
5,707
1,109,783
105,965
5,707
3,715
96,543
21,981
0.40
8.70 %
0.79 %
9.09 %
December 31
2013
5,906
1,453
7,359
$
$
2012
5,582
1,492
7,074
1,120,952 $
9,020
1,111,932 $
1,107,972
11,475
1,096,497
113,165 $
9,020
16,304
87,841 $
$
22,211
0.33
7.90 %
0.66 %
8.38 %
115,011
11,475
18,348
85,188
21,717
0.33
7.77 %
0.65 %
8.31 %
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market rates or prices such as interest
rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. The Company’s primary market risk exposure is interest
rate risk. The ongoing monitoring and management of interest rate risk is an important component of the Company’s asset/liability
management process, which is governed by policies established by its Board of Directors that are reviewed and approved annually.
The Board of Directors delegates responsibility for carrying out asset/liability management policies to the Asset/Liability Committee
(ALCO) of the Bank. In this capacity, ALCO develops guidelines and strategies that govern the Company’s asset/liability
45
management related activities, based upon estimated market risk sensitivity, policy limits and overall market interest rate levels and
trends.
Interest rate risk represents the sensitivity of earnings to changes in market interest rates. As interest rates change, the interest
income and expense streams associated with the Company’s financial instruments also change, affecting net interest income, the
primary component of the Company’s earnings. ALCO uses the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the
estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes. While ALCO routinely monitors simulated net interest
income sensitivity over various periods, it also employs additional tools to monitor potential longer-term interest rate risk.
The simulation model captures the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and interest expense paid on
all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s balance sheet. The simulation model is prepared and results are analyzed at least
quarterly. This sensitivity analysis is compared to ALCO policy limits, which specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest
income exposure over a one-year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth, given a 400 basis point upward shift and a 400 basis
point downward shift in interest rates. The downward shift of 300 or 400 basis points is included in the analysis, although less
meaningful in our current rate environment, because all results are monitored regardless of likelihood. A parallel shift in rates over a
12-month period is assumed.
The following table represents the change to net interest income given interest rate shocks up and down 100, 200, 300 and 400
basis points at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
Change in Yield curve
+400 bp
+300 bp
+200 bp
+100 bp
most likely
-100 bp
-200 bp
-300 bp
-400 bp
2014
Change in net interest income
2013
2012
%
$
%
$
%
$
0.5 %
(0.3) %
(0.2) %
(0.5) %
0 %
1.6 %
(0.3) %
(0.6) %
(0.6) %
183
(131)
(96)
(207)
—
624
(132)
(222)
(225)
(0.1) %
(1.1) %
(1.0) %
(0.9) %
0 %
1.2 %
(0.6) %
(1.4) %
(1.6) %
(4)
(442)
(404)
(374)
—
478
(249)
(565)
(640)
(1.3) %
(2.3) %
(1.9) %
(1.4) %
0 %
(1.3) %
(2.4) %
(2.5) %
(2.6) %
(554)
(984)
(797)
(608)
—
(534)
(1,015)
(1,059)
(1,084)
At December 31, 2014, the Company’s interest rate risk model indicated that, in a rising rate environment of 400 basis points
over a 12 month period, net interest income could increase by 0.5%. For the same time period, the interest rate risk model indicated
that in a declining rate environment of 400 basis points, net interest income could decrease by 0.6%. While these percentages are
subjective based upon assumptions used within the model, management believes the balance sheet is appropriately balanced with
acceptable risk to changes in interest rates.
The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected
operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions, including the nature and timing of interest rate
levels such as yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits,
reinvestment or replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed based upon current economic and
local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances about the predictive nature of these assumptions, including how
customer preferences or competitor influences might change.
Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to factors such
as prepayment and refinancing levels likely deviating from those assumed, the varying impact of interest rate change, caps or floors on
adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, depositor early
withdrawals and product preference changes, and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not
reflect actions that ALCO might take in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in interest rates.
46
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Financial Statements
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013, and
December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013
and December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31,
2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
48
51
52
53
54
55
57
47
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Community Bankers Trust Corporation
Richmond, Virginia
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Community Bankers Trust Corporation and subsidiary (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive (loss) income,
changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Community Bankers Trust Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control —
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report
dated March 13, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting.
/s/ Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC
Richmond, Virginia
March 13, 2015
48
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Community Bankers Trust Corporation
Richmond, Virginia
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Community Bankers Trust Corporation and subsidiary (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013 (the “COSO criteria”). The Company’s management
is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our
audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness
of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of
the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (c) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets
that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2014, based on the COSO criteria.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and the related consolidated statements
of income, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2014 and our report dated March 13, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC
Richmond, Virginia
March 13, 2015
49
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND DECEMBER 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)
2014
2013
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
$
Interest bearing bank deposits
Total cash and cash equivalents
Securities available for sale, at fair value
Securities held to maturity, at cost (fair value of $37,539 and $30,305, respectively)
Equity securities, restricted, at cost
Total securities
Loans held for sale
Loans not covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements
Loans covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements
Total loans
Allowance for loan losses (non-covered loans of $9,365 and $10,444, respectively; covered
loans of $386 and $484, respectively)
Net loans
FDIC indemnification asset
Bank premises and equipment, net
Bank premises and equipment held for sale
Other real estate owned, covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements
Other real estate owned, non-covered
Bank owned life insurance
FDIC receivable under shared-loss agreements
Core deposit intangibles, net
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
Noninterest bearing
Interest bearing
Total deposits
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Long-term debt
Trust preferred capital notes
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred stock (5,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value; 0 and 10,680 shares issued and
outstanding, respectively)
Warrants on preferred stock
Common stock (200,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value; 21,791,523 and 21,709,096
shares issued and outstanding, respectively)
Additional paid in capital
Retained deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
$
$
$
$
$
8,329
14,024
22,353
274,568
36,197
8,816
319,581
200
664,736
62,744
727,480
(9,751)
717,729
18,609
29,702
465
2,019
5,724
21,004
669
4,713
12,966
1,155,734
84,564
834,381
918,945
14,500
96,401
9,680
4,124
4,434
1,048,084
—
—
218
145,321
(38,553)
664
107,650
1,155,734
$
10,857
12,978
23,835
265,777
28,563
8,358
302,698
100
596,173
73,275
669,448
(10,928)
658,520
25,409
27,872
—
2,692
6,244
20,795
368
6,621
14,378
1,089,532
70,132
822,209
892,341
6,000
77,125
—
4,124
3,283
982,873
10,680
1,037
217
144,656
(45,822)
(4,109)
106,659
1,089,532
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
50
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012
(dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income
Interest and fees on non-covered loans
Interest and fees on FDIC covered loans
Interest on deposits in other banks
Interest on federal funds sold
Interest and dividends on securities
Taxable
Nontaxable
Total interest and dividend income
Interest expense
Interest on deposits
Interest on other borrowed funds
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts
Gain on securities transactions, net
Gain (loss) on sale of other loans, net
Income on bank owned life insurance
Other
Total noninterest income
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits
Occupancy expenses
Equipment expenses
FDIC assessment
Data processing fees
FDIC indemnification asset amortization
Amortization of intangibles
Other real estate expense
Other operating expenses
Total noninterest expense
Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net income
Dividends paid on preferred stock
Accretion of discount on preferred stock
Net income available to common shareholders
Net income per share — basic
Net income per share — diluted
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
basic
diluted
$
$
$
$
$
2014
2013
2012
$
$
$
$
$
30,191
10,672
61
0
6,835
966
48,725
5,858
1,075
6,933
41,792
—
41,792
2,200
1,089
201
769
1,010
5,269
16,136
2,597
957
805
1,732
5,795
1,908
540
6,347
36,817
10,244
2,728
7,516
247
—
7,269
0.33
0.33
21,755
21,981
$
29,696
11,936
58
3
7,693
659
50,045
6,370
708
7,078
42,967
—
42,967
2,739
518
(359)
747
1,079
4,724
15,981
2,717
1,038
843
2,078
6,449
2,202
2,034
5,946
39,288
8,403
2,497
5,906
885
234
4,787
0.22
0.22
21,700
21,922
$
$
$
$
30,658
14,105
54
5
8,408
489
53,719
8,508
1,184
9,692
44,027
1,200
42,827
2,736
1,492
—
620
1,358
6,206
16,511
2,715
1,087
1,485
1,824
6,936
2,261
2,493
5,991
41,303
7,730
2,148
5,582
884
220
4,478
0.21
0.21
21,647
21,717
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
51
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012
(dollars in thousands)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gains on investment securities:
Change in unrealized gain (loss) in investment securities
Tax related to unrealized (gain) loss in investment securities
Reclassification adjustment for gain in securities sold
Tax related to realized gain in securities sold
Defined benefit pension plan:
Change in prior service cost
Change in unrealized (loss) gain in plan assets
Tax related to defined benefit pension plan
Cash flow hedge:
Change in unrealized gain in cash flow hedge
Tax related to cash flow hedge
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Total comprehensive income (loss)
2014
2013
2012
$
7,516
$
5,906
$
5,582
9,280
(3,155)
(1,089)
370
4
(997)
337
35
(12)
4,773
12,289
$
(11,386)
3,871
(518)
176
(68)
1,462
(474)
—
—
(6,937)
(1,031)
$
2,472
(841)
(1,492)
507
—
(57)
20
—
—
609
6,191
$
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
52
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012
(dollars and shares in thousands)
Discount
on
Additional
Accumulated
Other
Preferred
Preferred
Common Stock
Paid in
Retained
Comprehensive
Stock
Warrants
Stock
Shares
Amount
Capital
Deficit
Income (Loss)
Total
Balance December 31, 2011
$ 17,680 $
1,037 $
(454)
21,628 $
216 $ 144,243 $ (53,761)
$
2,219
$ 111,180
of
preferred
Amortization
stock warrants
Issuance of common stock
Dividends paid on preferred
stock
Issuance of stock options
Net income
Other comprehensive income
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
220
—
—
—
—
—
—
42
—
—
—
—
—
—
(220)
1
—
—
—
—
98
—
—
(2,210)
57
—
—
—
5,582
—
—
—
—
—
—
609
—
99
(2,210)
57
5,582
609
Balance December 31, 2012
$
17,680
$
1,037 $
(234)
21,670
$
217 $ 144,398 $ (50,609)
$
2,828
$ 115,317
Amortization
stock warrants
of
preferred
Issuance of common stock
Dividends paid on preferred
stock
Issuance of stock options
—
—
—
—
Redemption of preferred stock
(7,000)
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Balance December 31, 2013
$
10,680
$
1,037 $
Issuance of common stock
Dividends paid on preferred
stock
Issuance of stock options
Redemption of preferred stock
Redemption of warrants on
preferred stock
Net income
Other comprehensive income
—
—
—
(10,680)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,037)
—
—
Balance December 31, 2014 $
—
$
— $
234
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
39
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(234)
123
—
—
(885)
—
—
5,906
135
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
123
(885)
135
(7,000)
5,906
—
(6,937)
(6,937)
21,709
$
217 $ 144,656 $ (45,822)
$
(4,109)
$ 106,659
83
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
227
—
—
(247)
181
—
257
—
—
—
—
—
7,516
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,773
228
(247)
181
(10,680)
(780)
7,516
4,773
21,792
$
218 $ 145,321 $ (38,553)
$
664
$ 107,650
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
53
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and intangibles amortization
Non-cash contribution of other real estate owned
Issuance of common stock and stock options
Provision for loan losses
Amortization of purchased loan premium
Deferred tax (benefit) expense
Amortization of security premiums and accretion of discounts, net
Net gain on sale of securities
Net loss on sale and valuation of other real estate owned
Net (gain) loss on sale of loans
Gain on bank owned life insurance investment
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in loans held for sale
Decrease in other assets
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities:
Proceeds from available for sale securities
Proceeds from held to maturity securities
Proceeds from equity securities
Purchase of available for sale securities
Purchase of held to maturity securities
Purchase of equity securities
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
Improvements of other real estate, net of insurance proceeds
Net increase in loans
Principal recoveries of loans previously charged off
Purchase of premises and equipment, net
Purchase of bank owned life insurance investment
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance investment
Proceeds from sale of loans
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
Financing activities:
Net increase in noninterest bearing and interest bearing deposits
Net increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under
agreements to repurchase
Net increase in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
Cash dividends paid
Proceeds from long-term debt
Payments on long-term debt
Payment from sale of deposits
Redemption of preferred stock and related warrants
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents:
Beginning of the period
End of the period
2014
2013
2012
$
7,516 $
5,906 $
5,582
3,484
68
409
—
1,087
(40)
3,461
(1,089)
407
(201)
(405)
(100)
3,887
1,155
19,639
109,983
16,415
587
(121,228)
(15,777)
(1,045)
4,667
(509)
(78,169)
1,353
(3,875)
—
840
13,284
—
(73,474)
26,604
8,500
19,276
(247)
10,680
(1,000)
—
(11,460)
52,353
(1,482)
3,842
—
258
—
1,265
2,497
3,488
(518)
1,714
359
—
1,595
9,437
388
30,231
156,123
13,471
1,629
(127,451)
—
(2,582)
7,491
(621)
(46,847)
1,015
(1,887)
(5,000)
—
28,611
5,177
29,129
111,193
588
27,297
(885)
—
—
(190,855)
(7,000)
(59,662)
(302)
$
23,835
22,353 $
24,137
23,835 $
54
3,963
—
156
1,200
1,242
2,126
3,196
(1,492)
1,833
—
—
(686)
9,037
(2,469)
23,688
174,541
21,669
611
(251,111)
—
(1,144)
9,630
(1,130)
(33,408)
2,439
(256)
—
—
—
—
(78,159)
40,827
5,412
12,828
(2,210)
—
—
—
—
56,857
2,386
21,751
24,137
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Transfers of loans to other real estate owned
Transfer of building premises and equipment to held for sale
Transfer of deposits to held for sale
Transfer of loans held for investment to loans held for sale
2014
2013
2012
$
6,760 $
3,134
3,436
465
—
—
7,252 $
—
3,351
5,174
193,170
30,228
10,253
120
8,480
—
—
—
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
55
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Nature of Banking Activities and Significant Accounting Policies
Organization
Community Bankers Trust Corporation (the “Company”) is a bank holding company that was originally incorporated in
2005. On January 1, 2014, the Company completed a reincorporation from Delaware, its original state of incorporation, to
Virginia. The form of the reincorporation was the merger of the then existing Delaware corporation into a newly created
Virginia corporation. The Company retained the same name and conducts business in the same manner as before the
reincorporation.
The Company is headquartered in Richmond, Virginia and is the holding company for Essex Bank (the “Bank”), a
Virginia state bank with 21 full-service offices in Virginia and Maryland. The Bank also operates two loan production
offices in Virginia.
The Bank engages in a general commercial banking business and provides a wide range of financial services primarily
to individuals and small businesses, including individual and commercial demand and time deposit accounts, commercial and
industrial loans, consumer and small business loans, real estate and mortgage loans, investment services, on-line and mobile
banking products, and safe deposit box facilities.
Prior to November 8, 2013, the Bank also had four full-service offices in Georgia. The Bank sold those offices and
related deposits to Community & Southern Bank on November 8, 2013. See Note 29 for additional information.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank, its wholly-
owned subsidiary. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810, Consolidation, requires that the
Company no longer eliminate through consolidation the equity investment in BOE Statutory Trust I, which was $124,000 at
each of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The subordinated debt of the Trust is reflected as a liability of the Company.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as cash
and due from banks and interest-bearing bank balances.
Restricted Cash
The Bank is required to maintain a reserve against its deposits in accordance with Regulation D of the Federal Reserve
Act. For the final weekly reporting period, the aggregate amount of daily average required reserves was $10.7 million and
$9.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Securities
Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to
maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily
determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses
excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income.
Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the
securities. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to
be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other than temporary impairment losses,
management considers (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial
condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the
issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Gains and losses on the sale of
securities are determined using the specific identification method.
56
Restricted Securities
The Company is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of certain correspondent banks. The Company’s
investment in these securities is recorded at cost.
Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated
market in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Mortgage
loans held for sale are sold with the mortgage servicing rights released by the Company.
The Company enters into commitments to originate certain mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loans is
determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold
are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and the sale of the
loan generally ranges from thirty to ninety days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use
of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits
to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on the loan. As a result, the Company is not
exposed to losses nor will it realize significant gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. The
correlation between the rate lock commitments and the best efforts contracts is very high due to their similarity. Because of
this high correlation, the gain or loss that occurs on the rate lock commitments is immaterial.
Loans
The Bank grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers. A significant portion of the loan portfolio is
represented by 1-4 family residential and commercial mortgage loans. The ability of the Bank’s debtors to honor their
contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in the Bank’s market area.
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally
are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any
deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees,
net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the
effective interest method.
The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent
unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days
past due. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is
considered doubtful.
All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off is reversed against interest
income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method until qualifying for return to
accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due are
brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Allowance for Loan Losses on Non-covered loans
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses
charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan
balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
The allowance is an amount that management believes is appropriate to absorb estimated losses relating to specifically
identified loans, as well as probable credit losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio, based on an evaluation of the
collectability of existing loans and prior loss experience. This evaluation also takes into consideration such factors as changes
in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and current
economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay. This evaluation does not include the effects of expected
losses on specific loans or groups of loans that are related to future events or expected changes in economic conditions.
While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be
necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their
examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, and may require the Bank to make additions
to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.
57
The allowance consists of specific and general components. For loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance
is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower
than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss
experience adjusted for qualitative factors.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be
unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the
probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment
delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment
delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan
and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the
amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for
commercial and construction loans by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s
effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank
does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.
Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer
FASB ASC 310, Receivables requires acquired loans to be recorded at fair value and prohibits carrying over valuation
allowances in the initial accounting for acquired impaired loans. Loans carried at fair value, mortgage loans held for sale, and
loans to borrowers in good standing under revolving credit arrangements are excluded from the scope of FASB ASC 310
which limits the yield that may be accreted to the excess of the undiscounted expected cash flows over the investor’s initial
investment in the loan. The excess of the contractual cash flows over expected cash flows may not be recognized as an
adjustment of yield. Subsequent increases in cash flows to be collected are recognized prospectively through an adjustment of
the loan’s yield over its remaining life. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairments through the
allowance for loan losses.
The Company’s acquired loans from the Suburban Federal Savings Bank (SFSB) transaction (the “covered loans”),
subject to FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (formerly SFAS 141(R)), are recorded at fair value and no separate
valuation allowance was recorded at the date of acquisition. FASB ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with
Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3), applies to loans acquired in a transfer with evidence of deterioration of
credit quality for which it is probable, at acquisition, that the investor will be unable to collect all contractually required
payments receivable. The Company is applying the provisions of FASB ASC 310-30 to all loans acquired in the SFSB
transaction. The Company has grouped loans together based on common risk characteristics including product type,
delinquency status and loan documentation requirements among others.
The shared-loss agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) related to loans other than those
secured by single family, residential 1-4 family mortgages expired March 31, 2014. These loans will continue to be
accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC 310-30 as purchased credit impaired loans and were classified as non-covered
loans effective April 1, 2014 (the “PCI loans”).
The covered loans and PCI loans are subject to credit review standards described above for non-covered loans. If and
when credit deterioration occurs subsequent to the acquisition date, a provision for credit loss for covered loans will be
charged to earnings for the full amount without regard to the shared-loss agreements.
The Company has made an estimate of the total cash flows it expects to collect from each pool of loans, which includes
undiscounted expected principal and interest. The excess of that amount over the fair value of the pool is referred to as
accretable yield. Accretable yield is recognized as interest income on a constant yield basis over the life of the pool. The
Company also determines each pool’s contractual principal and contractual interest payments. The excess of that amount over
the total cash flows it expects to collect from the pool is referred to as nonaccretable difference, which is not accreted into
income. Judgmental prepayment assumptions are applied to both contractually required payments and cash flows expected to
be collected at acquisition. Over the life of the loan or pool, the Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be
collected. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the pool are recognized as an
impairment in the current period through allowance for loan loss. Subsequent increases in expected or actual cash flows are
first used to reverse any existing valuation allowance for that loan or pool. Any remaining increase in cash flows expected to
be collected is recognized as an adjustment to the accretable yield with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the
remaining life of the pool.
58
Bank Premises and Equipment
Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Land is carried at cost. Depreciation of
bank premises and equipment is computed on the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of 10 to 50 years for
premises and 3 to 20 years for equipment, furniture and fixtures.
Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major improvements are capitalized. Upon sale
or retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and
the resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of income.
Other Real Estate Owned
Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure is held for sale and is initially recorded at the fair value at
the date of foreclosure net of estimated selling costs, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are
periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair value less
costs to sell. Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other operating
expenses. Costs to bring a property to salable condition are capitalized up to the fair value of the property while costs to
maintain a property in salable condition are expensed as incurred. The Company had $5.7 million and $6.2 million in other
real estate, non-covered at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and $2.0 million and $2.7 million in other real estate,
covered at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Other Intangibles
The Company is accounting for other intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and
Others. Under FASB ASC 350, acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the
benefit of the assets can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged, and amortized over their useful lives. The costs
of purchased deposit relationships and other intangible assets, based on independent valuation by a qualified third party, are
being amortized over their estimated lives. The core deposit intangible is evaluated for impairment in accordance with FASB
ASC 350.
Advertising Costs
The Company follows the policy of expensing advertising costs as incurred, which totaled $475,000, $384,000 and
$336,000 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Income Taxes
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this
method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the
book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and
laws.
When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the
taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position
that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during
which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained
upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or
aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the
largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing
authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described
above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated
interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. Interest and penalties associated with
unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income. Under FASB ASC 740,
Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset
will not be realized. In management’s opinion, based on a three year taxable income projection, tax strategies that would
result in potential securities gains and the effects of off-setting deferred tax liabilities, it is more likely than not that the
deferred tax assets are realizable.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U. S. federal income tax as well as various state income taxes. Years
2011 through 2014 are open to examination by the respective tax authorities.
59
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding and excludes
any dilutive effects of options, warrants and convertible securities. Diluted EPS is computed in a manner similar to basic
EPS, except for certain adjustments to the numerator and the denominator. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential
common shares that were outstanding at the end of the period. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company
relate solely to outstanding stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method. The Company declared and
paid $247,000, $885,000 and $2.2 million in dividends on preferred stock in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
In April 2009, the Company adopted the Community Bankers Trust Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan which is
authorized to issue up to 2,650,000 shares of common stock. See Note 13 for details regarding these plans.
Derivatives - Cash Flow Hedge
The Company uses interest rate derivatives to manage certain amounts of its exposure to interest rate movements. To
accomplish this objective, the Company is a party to interest rate swaps whereby the Company pays fixed amounts to a
counterparty in exchange for receiving variable payments over the life of an underlying agreement without the exchange of
underlying notional amounts.
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are used primarily to minimize the variability in cash flows of assets or
liabilities caused by interest rates. Cash flow hedges are periodically tested for effectiveness, which measures the correlation
of the cash flows of the hedged item with the cash flows from the derivative. The effective portion of changes in the fair
value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is
subsequently reclassified into net income in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective
portion of the change in fair value of the derivative is recognized directly in earnings.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2015-01, Simplifying Income Statement
Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary Items. The ASU eliminates the concept of extraordinary items
from U.S. GAAP. Existing U.S. GAAP required that an entity separately classify, present, and disclose extraordinary events
and transactions. Presently, an event or transaction is presumed to be an ordinary and usual activity of the reporting entity
unless the event or transaction is both unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence. The amendments will eliminate the
requirements for reporting entities to consider whether an underlying event or transaction is extraordinary; however, the
presentation and disclosure guidance for items that are unusual in nature or occur infrequently will be retained and will be
expanded to include items that are both unusual in nature and infrequently occurring.
The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December
15, 2015. The amendments may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the
financial statements. Early adoption is permitted provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of
adoption. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial
statements.
In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-17, Pushdown Accounting, that gives acquired entities the option to
apply pushdown accounting in their separate financial statements when an acquirer obtains control of them. In a related
move, the Securities and Exchange Commission rescinded its guidance, which previously required or precluded pushdown
accounting depending on the specific circumstances. Pushdown accounting is the practice of adjusting an acquired
company’s separate financial statements to reflect the new basis of accounting established by the buyer for the acquired
company. This commonly takes the form of “stepping up” net assets to fair value, which generally includes the recognition of
goodwill and other intangibles assets. The new guidance provides an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown
accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the
acquired entity. If the acquired company does not elect to apply pushdown accounting in the period of acquisition, it could do
so in a later period through a retrospective adjustment, as long as the change is deemed to be “preferable” accounting.
However, once pushdown is applied, it cannot subsequently be reversed.
60
The new guidance was effective upon issuance for current and future reporting periods and any open reporting periods
for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company has had no recent acquisition activity; therefore,
adoption of this guidance had no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors
(Subtopic 310-40) - Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.
Although current guidance indicates that a creditor should reclassify a collateralized mortgage loan as other real estate owned
when it determines that there has been in substance a repossession or foreclosure by the creditor, that is, the creditor receives
physical possession of the debtor’s assets regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place, the terms in
substance repossession or foreclosure and physical possession are not defined in the accounting literature. This has resulted
in diversity about when a creditor should derecognize the loan receivable and recognize the real estate property. The
objective of the amendments in this update is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or
foreclosure occurs. The amendments state that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered
to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either
(1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower
conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in
lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure
of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in
consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to
local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments are effective for public business entities for annual periods
and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The
Company currently records foreclosures in accordance with this guidance; therefore, no changes are necessary for adoption.
Also in January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic
323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task
Force). The amendments in this ASU apply to all reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects
through limited liability entities that are flow through entities for tax purposes. Currently, an investor that invests in a
qualified affordable housing project may elect to account for that investment using the effective yield method. Those not
electing the effective yield method would account for the investment using the equity method or cost method. The Task Force
received stakeholder feedback indicating that certain of the required conditions for the effective yield method are overly
restrictive and thus prevent many investments in qualified affordable housing projects from qualifying for the use of this
method. Those stakeholders stated that presenting the investment performance net of taxes as a component of income tax
expense (benefit) as prescribed by the effective yield method more fairly represents the economics and provides users with a
better understanding of the returns from such investments than the equity or cost methods.
The amendments in this ASU eliminate the effective yield election and permit reporting entities to make an accounting
policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization
method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the
investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in
the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). Those not electing the proportional amortization
method would account for the investment using the equity method or cost method. The decision to apply the proportional
amortization method of accounting is an accounting policy decision that should be applied consistently to all qualifying
affordable housing project investments rather than a decision to be applied to individual investments. A reporting entity
should disclose information that enables users of its financial statements to understand the nature of its investments in
qualified affordable housing projects, and the effect of the measurement of its investments in qualified affordable housing
projects and the related tax credits on its financial position and results of operations. The amendments in this ASU should be
applied retrospectively to all periods presented. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for
annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption
is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. Management estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the
near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of other real estate owned, projected cash
flows relating to certain acquired loans, the value of the indemnification asset, and the valuation of deferred tax assets.
61
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances to conform to the current year presentations.
Note 2. Securities
Amortized costs and fair values of securities available for sale and held to maturity at December 31, 2014 and 2013
were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Available for Sale
Securities Held to Maturity
State, county and municipal
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Held to Maturity
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Available for Sale
Securities Held to Maturity
State, county and municipal
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total Securities Held to Maturity
December 31, 2014
Gross Unrealized
Amortized Cost
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
$
$
$
$
99,608
134,405
11,921
2,338
24,096
272,368
$31,677
4,293
227
36,197
$
$
$
$
113
3,926
17
18
174
4,248
$1,103
238
1
1,342
$
$
$
$
(1,014)
(854)
(55)
(98)
(27)
(2,048)
$
98,707
137,477
11,883
2,258
24,243
$ 274,568
—
—
—
—
$ $32,780
4,531
228
37,539
$
December 31, 2013
Gross Unrealized
Losses
Gains
—
1,297
$ 165 $ (967)
(1)
(6,085)
(47)
(198)
(280)
$ 1,587 $ (7,578)
27
29
69
Fair Value
$ 98,987
486
134,096
6,349
3,439
22,420
$ 265,777
Amortized Cost
$ 99,789
487
138,884
6,369
3,608
22,631
$ 271,768
$ 9,385
6,604
12,574
$ 28,563
$ 718
398
626
$ 1,742
$ —
—
—
$ —
$ 10,103
7,002
13,200
$ 30,305
The amortized cost and fair value of securities at December 31, 2014 by contractual maturity are shown below.
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations
without any penalties.
Held to Maturity
Available for Sale
(dollars in thousands)
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years
Total securities
$
1,207
13,283
13,061
8,646
$ 36,197
$
$
1,229 $
14,092
13,370
8,848
37,539 $
23,341 $
63,204
148,284
37,539
272,368 $
23,375
63,865
150,067
37,261
274,568
62
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $79.6 million, $77.8 million and $149.9 million during the
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using
the specific identification method. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of securities available for sale during the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
Net securities gains
2014
December 31
2013
$
$
1,584
(495)
1,089
$
$
645 $
(127)
518
$
2012
2,236
(744)
1,492
In estimating other than temporary impairment (OTTI) losses, management considers the length of time and the extent
to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and short-term prospects for the issuer, and the intent
and ability of management to hold its investment for a period of time to allow a recovery in fair value. There were no
investments held that had OTTI losses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
The fair value and gross unrealized losses for securities, segregated by the length of time that individual securities have
been in a continuous gross unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Less than 12 Months
December 31, 2014
12 Months or More
Total
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total
Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss Fair Value
$
$
47,475 $
3,673
5,756
—
2,551
59,455 $
(438) $
(8)
(21)
—
(16)
(483) $
35,630 $
32,348
3,113
1,899
712
73,702 $
(576) $
(846)
(34)
(98)
(11)
(1,565) $
Unrealized Loss
(1,014)
(854)
(55)
(98)
(27)
(2,048)
83,105 $
36,021
8,869
1,899
3,263
133,157 $
Less than 12 Months
December 31, 2013
12 Months or More
Total
Unrealized Loss Fair Value
Fair Value
Unrealized Loss Fair Value Unrealized Loss
$ 35,873 $ (531) $ 37,638 $ (436) $ 73,511 $ (967)
(1)
(6,085)
(47)
(198)
(280)
(7,578)
$ 149,040 $ (6,373) $ 46,631 $ (1,205) $ 195,671 $
(1)
(5,343)
(42)
(198)
(258)
486
92,010
3,332
2,767
14,572
486
98,455
4,323
2,767
16,129
(5)
—
(22)
—
6,445
991
—
1,557
—
(742)
The unrealized losses (impairments) in the investment portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are generally a result of
market fluctuations that occur daily. The unrealized losses are from 130 securities at December 31, 2014. Of those, 120 are
investment grade, have U.S. government agency guarantees, or are backed by the full faith and credit of local municipalities
throughout the United States. Ten investment grade corporate obligations comprise the remaining securities with unrealized
losses at December 31, 2014. The Company considers the reason for impairment, length of impairment and ability to hold
until the full value is recovered in determining if the impairment is temporary in nature. Based on this analysis, the Company
has determined these impairments to be temporary in nature. The Company does not intend to sell and it is more likely than
not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities until they recover in value or reach maturity.
Market prices are affected by conditions beyond the control of the Company. Investment decisions are made by the
management group of the Company and reflect the overall liquidity and strategic asset/liability objectives of the Company.
Management analyzes the securities portfolio frequently and manages the portfolio to provide an overall positive impact to
the Company’s income statement and balance sheet.
Securities with amortized costs of $111.3 million and $109.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively,
were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law. At each of December 31, 2014
and 2013, there were no securities purchased from a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Government
agencies that comprised more than 10% of the consolidated shareholders’ equity.
63
Note 3. Loans Not Covered by FDIC Shared-loss Agreements (Non-covered Loans) and Related Allowance for Loan
Losses
The Company’s non-covered loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were comprised of the following (dollars in
thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Gross loans
Less unearned income on loans
Non-covered loans, net of unearned income
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
% of Non-
Covered
Loans
Amount
% of Non-
Covered
Loans
$ 168,358
283,430
59,515
6,016
33,830
7,167
558,316
99,634
5,470
1,444
664,864
(128)
$ 664,736
25.32 %
42.63
8.95
0.90
5.09
1.08
83.97
14.99
0.82
0.22
100.00 %
$ 144,382
247,284
55,278
6,854
35,774
9,565
499,137
90,142
5,623
1,435
596,337
(164)
$ 596,173
24.21 %
41.47
9.27
1.15
6.00
1.60
83.70
15.12
0.94
0.24
100.00 %
The Company held $18.3 million and $38.5 million in balances of loans guaranteed by the United States Department of
Agriculture (USDA), which are included in various categories in the table above, at December 31, 2014 and 2013,
respectively. As these loans are 100% guaranteed by the USDA, no loan loss provision is required. These loan balances
included an unamortized purchase premium of $922,000 and $2.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Unamortized purchase premium is recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield on a straight line basis, which is
substantially equivalent to the results obtained using the effective interest method.
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s allowance for credit losses was comprised of the following: (i)
specific valuation allowances calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 310, Receivables, (ii) general valuation allowances
calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 450, Contingencies, based on economic conditions and other qualitative risk
factors, and (iii) historical valuation allowances calculated using historical loan loss experience. Management identified loans
subject to impairment in accordance with ASC 310.
The Purchase and Assumption Agreement into which the Company and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(FDIC) entered in January 2009 that provided for the Company’s assumption of all of the deposits and certain other liabilities
and acquisition of substantially all assets of Suburban Federal Savings Bank (SFSB) included two shared-loss agreements
with respect to certain covered loans and foreclosed real estate assets. See Notes 4 and 5 for more information on the
Purchase and Assumption Agreement and the shared-loss agreements. The shared-loss agreement for loans other than those
secured by single family, residential 1-4 family mortgages expired March 31, 2014. These loans, which had an outstanding
principal balance of $10.0 million and a carrying value of $5.5 million at March 31, 2014, are being accounted for in
accordance with FASB ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, are commonly
referred to as purchased credit impaired loans, and were classified as non-covered loans effective April 1, 2014 (the “PCI
loans”).
The PCI loans are not classified as nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2014, as the loans are accounted for on a
pooled basis, and interest income, through accretion of the difference between the carrying amount of the loans and the
expected cash flows, is being recognized on all PCI loans.
64
The following table reflects the outstanding principal balance and carrying amounts of the PCI loans as of December
31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Total PCI loans
December 31, 2014
Unpaid balance
Carrying Value
$ 2,189
3,179
3,658
31
—
—
9,057
$ 9,057
$ 1,096
1,148
2,456
16
—
—
4,716
$ 4,716
The allowance for loan losses related to PCI loans was $98,000 as of March 31, 2014 and was transferred from the
allowance for loan losses on covered loans effective April 1, 2014. This allowance was related to commercial real estate
loans. There was no other activity in the allowance for loan losses related to PCI loans for the year ended December 31,
2014.
The change in the accretable yield balance for the PCI loans for the year ended December 31, 2014 (dollars in
thousands):
Balance transferred from covered loans, April 1, 2014
Accretion
Reclassification from nonaccretable yield
Balance, December 31, 2014
$ 4,773
(554)
852
$ 5,071
65
The following table summarizes information related to impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):
With an allowance recorded:
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Subtotal impaired loans with a valuation allowance
With no related allowance recorded:
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Subtotal impaired loans without a valuation allowance
Total:
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total impaired loans
$
$
Recorded
Investment (1)
Unpaid Principal
Balance (2)
Related
Allowance
2,754
308
4,903
61
—
—
8,026
7,521
118
—
15,665
588
418
179
—
—
—
1,185
—
2
—
1,187
3,342
726
5,082
61
—
—
9,211
7,521
120
—
16,852
$
$
2,895
470
7,643
63
—
—
11,071
8,721
120
—
19,912
626
550
212
—
—
—
1,388
—
3
—
1,391
3,521
1,020
7,855
63
—
—
12,459
8,721
123
—
21,303
$
$
463
53
627
11
—
—
1,154
520
20
—
1,694
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
463
53
627
11
—
—
1,154
520
20
—
1,694
(1) The amount of the investment in a loan, which is not net of a valuation allowance, but which does reflect any direct write-down of the
investment
(2) The contractual amount due, which reflects paydowns applied in accordance with loan documents, but which does not reflect any direct write-
downs
66
The following table summarizes information related to impaired loans as of December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):
With an allowance recorded:
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Subtotal impaired loans with a valuation allowance
With no related allowance recorded:
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Subtotal impaired loans without a valuation allowance
Total:
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total impaired loans
$
$
Recorded
Investment (1)
Unpaid Principal
Balance (2)
Related
Allowance
3,485
920
4,148
225
—
—
8,778
127
49
—
8,954
1,189
1,714
1,734
—
—
204
4,841
—
6
—
4,847
4,674
2,634
5,882
225
—
204
13,619
127
55
—
13,801
$
$
3,739
1,091
5,298
226
—
—
10,354
794
51
—
11,199
1,228
1,969
4,335
—
—
222
7,754
—
6
—
7,760
4,967
3,060
9,633
226
—
222
18,108
794
57
—
18,959
$
$
881
150
508
40
—
—
1,579
16
9
—
1,604
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
881
150
508
40
—
—
1,579
16
9
—
1,604
(1) The amount of the investment in a loan, which is not net of a valuation allowance, but which does reflect any direct write-down of the
investment
(2) The contractual amount due, which reflects paydowns applied in accordance with loan documents, but which does not reflect any direct write-
downs
67
The following table summarizes the average recorded investment of impaired loans for the years ended December 31,
2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total impaired loans
2014
$ 4,008
1,680
5,482
143
—
102
11,415
3,824
89
—
$ 15,328
December 31
2013
$ 5,607
4,225
7,436
198
—
227
17,693
318
72
—
$ 18,083
2012
$ 6,770
10,505
10,602
184
—
93
28,154
773
137
—
$ 29,064
The majority of impaired loans were also nonaccruing for which no interest income was recognized during each of the
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. No significant amounts of interest income were recognized on accruing
impaired loans for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
Interest income on nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recorded using the cash basis method of accounting. Cash basis
income of $612,000 was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014. There were no significant amounts
recognized during either of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and
2012, estimated interest income of $890,000, $980,000 and $1.3 million, respectively, would have been recorded if all such
loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms.
The following table presents non-covered nonaccrual loans, excluding PCI loans, by loan category as of December 31,
2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$ 3,342
607
4,920
61
—
—
8,930
7,521
120
—
$ 16,571
$ 4,229
1,382
5,882
225
—
205
11,923
127
55
—
$ 12,105
Troubled debt restructures and some special mention loans still accruing interest are loans that management expects to
ultimately collect all principal and interest due, but not under the terms of the original contract. A reconciliation of impaired
loans to nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013, is set forth in the table below (dollars in thousands):
Nonaccruals
Trouble debt restructure and still accruing
Special mention and still accruing
Total impaired
December 31, 2014
$ 16,571
118
163
$ 16,852
December 31, 2013
$ 12,105
1,696
—
$ 13,801
68
The following tables present an age analysis of past due status of non-covered loans, excluding PCI loans, by category
as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2014
30-89
Days
Past
Due
90 Days
Past Due
Total
Past Due
Current
Total Loans
Receivable
Recorded
Investment 90
Days Past Due
and Accruing
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
$
298 $ 3,342 $ 3,640 $ 163,622 $ 167,262 $
200
128
26
—
—
652
66
10
—
607
4,920
61
—
—
8,930
7,521
120
—
281,475
52,011
5,913
33,830
7,167
544,018
92,047
5,340
1,444
282,282
57,059
6,000
33,830
7,167
553,600
99,634
5,470
1,444
807
5,048
87
—
—
9,582
7,587
130
—
$
728 $ 16,571 $17,299 $ 642,849 $ 660,148 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
December 31, 2013
30-89
Days
Past
Due
90 Days
Past Due
Total
Past Due
Current
Total Loans
Receivable
Recorded
Investment 90
Days Past Due
and Accruing
$ 1,455 $
—
1,382
242
6,124
—
225
—
—
—
205
1,697
13,620
115
242
58
113
—
—
$ 1,870 $ 12,105 $ 13,975 $ 582,362 $ 596,337 $
4,229 $ 5,684 $ 138,698 $ 144,382 $
1,382
5,882
225
—
205
11,923
127
55
—
247,284
55,278
6,854
35,774
9,565
499,137
90,142
5,623
1,435
245,902
49,154
6,629
35,774
9,360
485,517
89,900
5,510
1,435
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
69
Activity in the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans, excluding PCI loans, by segment for the years ended
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is presented in the following tables (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
$
$
$
$
December 31, 2013
Provision
Allocation
Charge-offs
Recoveries
December 31, 2014
3,853 $
2,333
2,252
101
151
81
8,771
1,546
101
26
10,444 $
(98)
636
(323)
(42)
(15)
(15)
143
(152)
8
1
—
$
$
(733)
(446)
—
—
—
—
(1,179)
(1,217)
(134)
—
(2,530)
$
$
78
95
1
4
—
—
178
1,065
110
—
1,353
$
$
3,100
2,618
1,930
63
136
66
7,913
1,242
85
27
9,267
December 31, 2012
Provision
Allocation
Charge-offs
Recoveries
December 31, 2013
3,985 $
2,482
3,773
142
303
61
10,746
1,961
195
18
12,920 $
244
1,411
(1,338)
16
(152)
(14)
167
(172)
(3)
8
—
$
$
(432)
(1,580)
(877)
(105)
—
(5)
(2,999)
(325)
(167)
—
(3,491)
$
$
56
20
694
48
—
39
857
82
76
—
1,015
$
$
3,853
2,333
2,252
101
151
81
8,771
1,546
101
26
10,444
December 31, 2011
Provision
Allocation
Charge-offs
Recoveries
December 31, 2012
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
$
$
3,451 $
3,048
5,729
296
224
25
12,773
1,810
241
11
14,835 $
2,283
15
(1,539)
(165)
79
75
748
604
91
7
1,450
$
$
(1,786)
(654)
(2,058)
(45)
—
(39)
(4,582)
(695)
(220)
—
(5,497)
$
$
37
73
1,641
56
—
—
1,807
242
83
—
2,132
$
$
3,985
2,482
3,773
142
303
61
10,746
1,961
195
18
12,920
Included in charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2013 was a $500,000 writedown arising from the transfer of a
loan from non-covered loans to loans held for sale.
70
The following tables present information on the non-covered loans evaluated for impairment in the allowance for loan
losses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
December 31, 2014
Allowance for Loan Losses
Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment (1)
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Related to
PCI loans
Total
598
54
628
11
—
—
1,291
529
20
—
1,840
$
$
2,502
2,564
1,302
52
136
66
6,622
713
65
27
7,427
$
$
— $
98
—
—
—
—
98
—
—
—
98 $
3,100
2,716
1,930
63
136
66
8,011
1,242
85
27
9,365
December 31, 2014
Recorded Investment in Loans
Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment (1)
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Related to
PCI loans
7,307
5,122
5,096
61
—
—
17,586
7,757
124
—
25,467
$
$
159,955 $
277,160
51,963
5,939
33,830
7,167
536,014
91,877
5,346
1,444
634,681 $
1,096
1,148
2,456
16
—
—
4,716
—
—
—
4,716
$
$
Total
168,358
283,430
59,515
6,016
33,830
7,167
558,316
99,634
5,470
1,444
664,864
$
$
$
$
December 31, 2013
Allowance for Loan Losses
Recorded Investment in Loans
Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment (1)
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Total
Individually
Evaluated for
Impairment (1)
Collectively
Evaluated for
Impairment
Total
$
$
923 $
200
651
42
—
—
1,816
18
9
—
1,843 $
2,930 $ 3,853 $
2,133
1,601
59
151
81
6,955
1,528
92
26
2,333
2,252
101
151
81
8,771
1,546
101
26
8,601 $10,444 $
6,708 $
8,016
8,619
254
—
205
23,802
192
57
—
24,051 $
137,674 $ 144,382
247,284
239,268
55,278
46,659
6,854
6,600
35,774
35,774
9,565
9,360
499,137
475,335
90,142
89,950
5,623
5,566
1,435
1,435
572,286 $ 596,337
(1) The category “Individually Evaluated for Impairment” includes loans individually evaluated for impairment and determined not to be impaired.
These loans totalled $8.6 million and $10.3 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The allowance for loans losses allocated to these
loans was $146,000 and $239,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
71
Non-covered loans are monitored for credit quality on a recurring basis. These credit quality indicators are defined as
follows:
Pass - A pass loan is not adversely classified, as it does not display any of the characteristics for adverse
classification. This category includes purchased loans that are 100% guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies of
$18.3 million and $38.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Special Mention - A special mention loan has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If
left uncorrected, such potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects or collateral
position at some future date. Special mention loans are not adversely classified and do not warrant adverse
classification.
Substandard - A substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified as substandard generally have a well defined weakness,
or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility
of loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful - A doubtful loan has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan classified as substandard with the added
characteristics that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable, on the
basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values.
The following tables present the composition of non-covered loans, excluding PCI loans, by credit quality indicator at
December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Total loans
December 31, 2014
Pass
Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
153,790 $
268,546
51,505
4,639
33,830
7,167
519,477
89,886
5,325
1,444
616,132 $
7,540 $
10,363
620
1,300
—
—
19,823
1,991
21
—
21,835 $
5,932 $
3,373
4,934
61
—
—
14,300
7,757
124
—
22,181 $
— $ 167,262
— 282,282
57,059
—
6,000
—
33,830
—
7,167
—
— 553,600
99,634
—
5,470
—
—
1,444
— $ 660,148
December 31, 2013
Pass
Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
129,482 $
229,168
44,482
6,172
35,774
9,361
454,439
87,208
5,344
1,435
548,426 $
8,193 $
11,348
2,178
428
—
—
22,147
2,742
222
—
25,111 $
6,707 $
6,768
8,618
254
—
204
22,551
192
57
—
22,800 $
— $ 144,382
— 247,284
55,278
—
6,854
—
35,774
—
—
9,565
— 499,137
90,142
—
5,623
—
—
1,435
— $ 596,337
$
$
$
$
72
In accordance with FASB ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor's Determination of Whether a
Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring, the Company assesses all loan modifications to determine whether they are
considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) under the guidance.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company modified one commercial real estate loan that was considered
to be a TDR. The Company extended the terms and lowered the interest rate for this loan, which had a pre- and post-
modification balance of $69,000. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company modified one residential 1-4
family loan and one commercial real estate loan that were considered to be TDRs. The Company extended the terms and
lowered the interest rates for these loans, which had a pre- and post-modification balance of $863,000.
A loan is considered to be in default if it is 90 days or more past due. There were no TDRs that had been restructured
during the previous 12 months that resulted in default during the year ended December 31, 2014. There was one TDR that
had been restructured during the previous 12 months that resulted in default during the year ended December 31, 2013. This
residential 1-4 family loan had a recorded investment of $173,000.
In the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management considers TDRs and subsequent defaults in these
restructures by reviewing for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35, Receivables, Subsequent Measurement.
At December 31, 2014 the Company had 1-4 family mortgages in the amount of $139.6 million pledged as collateral to
the Federal Home Loan Bank for a total borrowing capacity of $107.5 million.
Note 4. Loans Covered by FDIC Shared-loss Agreements (Covered Loans) and Related Allowance for Loan Losses
On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the FDIC to assume all of
the deposits and certain other liabilities and acquire substantially all assets of SFSB. The Company is applying the provisions
of FASB ASC 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, to all loans acquired in the
SFSB transaction (the “covered loans”). Of the total $198.3 million in loans acquired, $49.1 million met the criteria of FASB
ASC 310-30. These loans, consisting mainly of construction loans, were deemed impaired at the acquisition date. The
remaining $149.1 million of loans acquired, comprised mainly of residential 1-4 family, were analogized to meet the criteria
of FASB ASC 310-30. Analysis of this portfolio revealed that SFSB utilized weak underwriting and documentation
standards, which led the Company to believe that significant losses were probable given the economic environment at the
time. The shared-loss agreement related to loans other than those secured by single family, residential 1-4 family mortgages
expired March 31, 2014. These loans, which had an outstanding principal balance of $10.0 million and a carrying value of
$5.5 million at March 31, 2014, were transferred to non-covered loans effective April 1, 2014 (the PCI loans). See Note 3
for further details.
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the outstanding contractual balance of the covered loans was $94.9 million and
$117.0 million, respectively. The carrying amount, by loan type, as of these dates is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Total covered loans
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Amount
% of Covered
Loans
Amount
% of Covered
Loans
$ 59,075
—
—
3,393
276
—
62,744
$ 62,744
94.15 % $ 64,610
1,389
—
2,940
—
3,898
5.41
266
0.44
172
—
100.00
73,275
100.00 % $ 73,275
88.18 %
1.90
4.01
5.32
0.36
0.23
100.00
100.00 %
The allowance for loan losses related to the PCI loans of $98,000 was transferred to the non-covered allowance for loan
losses effective April 1, 2014, and was related to commercial real estate loans. The remaining allowance for loan losses on
covered loans of $386,000 at December 31, 2014 related to residential 1-4 family loans. There was no other activity in the
allowance for loan losses on covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2014. There was no activity in the allowance
for loan losses on covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2013.
73
The following table presents information on the covered loans collectively evaluated for impairment in the allowance
for loan losses at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Total covered loans
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Allowance
for loan
losses
Recorded
investment in
loans
Allowance
for loan
losses
Recorded
investment in
loans
$ 386
—
—
—
—
—
386
$ 386
$ 59,075
—
—
3,393
276
—
62,744
$ 62,744
$ 252
232
—
—
—
—
484
$ 484
$ 64,610
1,389
2,940
3,898
266
172
73,275
$ 73,275
The change in the accretable yield balance for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows (dollars
in thousands):
Balance, January 1, 2012
Accretion
Reclassification from nonaccretable yield
Balance, December, 2012
Accretion
Reclassification from nonaccretable yield
Balance, December 31, 2013
Accretion
Reclassification from nonaccretable yield
Transfer of PCI loans to non-covered loans
Balance, December 31, 2014
$ 56,310
(14,105)
11,939
54,144
(11,936)
9,307
51,515
(10,650)
9,919
(4,773)
$ 46,011
The covered loans were not classified as nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2014, as the loans are accounted for
on a pooled basis, and interest income, through accretion of the difference between the carrying amount of the loans and the
expected cash flows, is being recognized on all covered loans.
Note 5. FDIC Agreements and FDIC Indemnification Asset
On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the FDIC to assume all of
the deposits and certain other liabilities and acquire substantially all assets of SFSB. Under the shared-loss agreements that
are part of that agreement, the FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80% of losses arising from covered loans and foreclosed
real estate assets, on the first $118 million in losses on such covered loans and foreclosed real estate assets, and for 95% of
losses on covered loans and foreclosed real estate assets thereafter. Under the shared-loss agreements, a “loss” on a covered
loan or foreclosed real estate is defined generally as a realized loss incurred through a permitted disposition, foreclosure,
short-sale or restructuring of the covered loan or foreclosed real estate. The reimbursements for losses on single family,
residential 1-4 family mortgage assets are to be made quarterly through March 2019 for losses incurred through January
2019, and the reimbursements for losses on other covered assets were made quarterly through March 2014. The shared-loss
agreements provide for indemnification from the first dollar of losses without any threshold requirement. The reimbursable
losses from the FDIC are based on the book value of the relevant loan as determined by the FDIC at the date of the
transaction, January 30, 2009. New loans made after that date are not covered by the shared-loss agreements. The fair value
of the shared-loss agreements is detailed below.
The Company is accounting for the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC as an indemnification asset pursuant to the
guidance in FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations. The FDIC indemnification asset is required to be measured in the same
manner as the asset or liability to which it relates. The FDIC indemnification asset is measured separately from the covered
loans and other real estate owned assets (OREO) because it is not contractually embedded in the covered loan and OREO and
is not transferable should the Company choose to dispose of them. Fair value was estimated using projected cash flows
available for loss sharing based on the credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool and other real estate owned and the
loss sharing percentages outlined in the shared-loss agreements. These cash flows were discounted to reflect the uncertainty
of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC.
74
Because the acquired loans are subject to shared-loss agreements and a corresponding indemnification asset exists to
represent the value of expected payments from the FDIC, increases and decreases in loan accretable yield due to changing
loss expectations will also have an impact on the valuation of the FDIC indemnification asset. Improvement in loss
expectations will typically increase loan accretable yield and decrease the value of the FDIC indemnification asset and, in
some instances, result in an amortizable premium on the FDIC indemnification asset. Increases in loss expectations will
typically be recognized as impairment in the current period through allowance for loan losses, resulting in additional
noninterest income for the amount of the increase in the FDIC indemnification asset.
In addition to the premium amortization, the balance of the FDIC indemnification asset is affected by expected
payments from the FDIC. Under the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC will reimburse the Company for loss
events incurred related to the covered loan portfolio. These events include such things as future writedowns due to decreases
in the fair market value of OREO, net loan charge-offs and recoveries, and net gains and losses on OREO sales.
As discussed above, the shared-loss agreement for assets other than single family, residential 1-4 family mortgage
assets expired March 2014. The FDIC indemnification asset related to those assets was zero at March 31, 2014.
The following table presents the balances of the FDIC indemnification asset at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in
thousands):
January 1, 2012
Increases:
Writedown of OREO property to FMV
Decreases:
Net amortization of premium
Reclassifications to FDIC receivable:
Net loan charge-offs and recoveries
OREO sales
Reimbursements requested from FDIC
Reforecasted Change in Anticipated Expected Losses
December 31, 2012
Increases:
Writedown of OREO property to FMV
Decreases:
Net amortization of premium
Reclassifications to FDIC receivable:
Net loan charge-offs and recoveries
OREO sales
Reimbursements requested from FDIC
Reforecasted Change in Anticipated Expected Losses
December 31, 2013
Increases:
Writedown of OREO property to FMV
Decreases:
Net amortization of premium
Reclassifications to FDIC receivable:
Net loan charge-offs and recoveries
OREO sales
Reimbursements requested from FDIC
Reforecasted Change in Anticipated Expected Losses
December 31, 2014
Anticipated
Expected Losses
Estimated Loss
Sharing Value
Amortizable
Premium
(Discount) at
Present Value
FDIC
Indemnification
Asset Total
$ 28,713
$ 22,971
$ 19,670
$ 42,641
622
497
(1,321)
(1,140)
(495)
(3,174)
23,205
(1,057)
(912)
(396)
(2,539)
18,564
344
275
(1,268)
(1,180)
(370)
(7,217)
13,514
(1,014)
(944)
(296)
(5,774)
10,811
34
27
(6,936)
2,539
15,273
(6,449)
5,774
14,598
(5,795)
(87)
(1,085)
(118)
(6,707)
$ 5,551
(69)
(868)
(95)
(5,365)
$ 4,441
5,365
$ 14,168
497
(6,936)
(1,057)
(912)
(396)
—
33,837
275
(6,449)
(1,014)
(944)
(296)
—
25,409
27
(5,795)
(69)
(868)
(95)
—
$ 18,609
75
Note 6. Premises and Equipment
A summary of the bank premises and equipment is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Land
Land improvements and buildings
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment
Construction in progress
Total
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Bank premises and equipment, net
December 31
2014
$
$
8,171
21,468
257
7,199
1,792
38,887
(9,185)
29,702
2013
$
7,681
21,087
58
5,574
1,385
35,785
(7,913)
27,872
$
Note 7. Other Intangibles
Core deposit intangibles are recognized, amortized and evaluated for impairment as required by FASB ASC 350,
Intangibles. As a result of the mergers with TransCommunity Financial Corporation (TFC), and BOE Financial Services of
Virginia, Inc. (BOE) on May 31, 2008, the Company recorded $15.0 million in core deposit intangible assets, which are
being amortized over 9 years. Core deposit intangibles resulting from the Georgia and Maryland transactions, in 2008 and
2009, respectively, equaled $3.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively, and are being amortized over 9 years. The core
deposit intangible related to the Georgia transaction was written off in conjunction with the sale of the branches in that
market (See Note 29). The Company estimates that it will recognize amortization expense of $1.9 million for each of the
next two years and the final $898,000 in the year ended December 31, 2017.
Other intangible assets are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):
Core deposit intangibles
Accumulated amortization
Reduction due to sale of deposits
Balance
Note 8. Deposits
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$ 20,290
(14,104)
(1,473)
$ 4,713
$ 20,290
(12,196)
(1,473)
$ 6,621
The following table provides interest bearing deposit information, by type, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars
in thousands):
NOW
MMDA
Savings
Time deposits less than or equal to $250,000
Time deposits over $250,000
Total interest bearing deposits
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$
$
123,682
101,784
78,478
416,628
113,809
834,381
$
$
102,111
94,170
75,159
380,813
169,956
822,209
76
The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Total
$
$
286,119
176,084
31,136
20,027
17,071
—
530,437
Note 9. Borrowings
The Company uses borrowings in conjunction with deposits to fund lending and investing activities. Borrowings
include funding of a short-term and long-term nature. Short-term funding includes overnight borrowings from correspondent
banks and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The following information is provided for short-term borrowings
balances, rates, and maturities (dollars in thousands):
Short-term:
Federal Funds purchased
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Total short-term borrowings
Maximum month-end outstanding balance
Average outstanding balance during the year
Average interest rate during the year
Average interest rate at end of year
December 31
2014
2013
$
$
$
$
14,500
—
14,500
14,500
1,855
0.57 %
0.51 %
$
$
$
$
—
6,000
6,000
9,722
1,451
0.56 %
0.45 %
Long-term borrowings are obtained through the FHLB of Atlanta. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had
residential 1-4 family mortgages in the amount of $139.6 million pledged as collateral to the FHLB for a total borrowing
capacity of $107.5 million.
On April 23, 2014, the Company repurchased the then outstanding 10,680 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (see Note
27). The Company funded the repurchase through an unsecured third-party term loan. The term loan, which has a maturity
date of April 21, 2017, requires that the Company make quarterly payments of 7.5% of the initial outstanding principal, plus
accrued interest, during a six-quarter period beginning with the quarter ending December 31, 2014, quarterly payments of
10% of the initial outstanding principal, plus accrued interest, during the subsequent four-quarter period and the remaining
principal amount and accrued interest at maturity. The interest rate resets quarterly based on three-month LIBOR plus 3.50%
per annum. As of December 31, 2014, the interest rate was 3.73%. The Company made an unscheduled principal payment of
$1.0 million during the third quarter leaving a balance of $9.680 million as of December 31, 2014. The terms of the loan
require the Company to be in compliance with certain covenants, such as maintenance of minimum regulatory capital ratios,
minimum return on assets and minimum cash on hand, and subsidiary dividend restrictions. The Company was in
compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2014.
The following information is provided for long-term borrowings balances, rates, and maturities (dollars in thousands):
Long-term:
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Long-term debt
Total long-term borrowings
2014
2013
Interest Rates
Maturities
December 31
$
96,401
9,680
$ 106,081
$ 77,125
—
$ 77,125
0.22-3.78% 2015 - 2019
3.73 %
2017
77
Maturities of fixed rate long-term debt at December 31, 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter
Total
$
$
74,751
14,773
7,462
815
8,280
—
106,081
The Company had unsecured lines of credit with correspondent banks available for overnight borrowing totaling $45
million at December 31, 2014.
Note 10. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following tables present activity net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI) for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2014
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Securities
Defined Benefit
Pension Plan
Gain/Loss on
Cash Flow
Hedge
Total Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Beginning balance
$
(3,954)
$
(155)
$
-
$
(4,109)
Other comprehensive income before
reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
Net current period other comprehensive
income (loss)
Ending balance
6,125
(719)
5,406
1,452
$
(659)
3
(656)
(811)
$
23
-
23
23
$
5,489
(716)
4,773
664
$
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Securities
Defined Benefit
Pension Plan
Gain/Loss on
Cash Flow
Hedge
Total Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
December 31, 2013
Beginning balance
$
3,903
$
(1,075)
$
Other comprehensive income before
reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
Net current period other comprehensive
income (loss)
Ending balance
(7,515)
(342)
965
(45)
$
(7,857)
(3,954)
$
920
(155)
$
-
-
-
-
-
$
2,828
(6,550)
(387)
(6,937)
(4,109)
$
78
December 31, 2012
Unrealized Gain
(Loss) on Securities
Defined Benefit
Pension Plan
Gain/Loss on
Cash Flow
Hedge
Total Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Beginning balance
$
3,257
$
(1,038)
$
Other comprehensive income before
reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
Net current period other comprehensive
income (loss)
Ending balance
1,631
(985)
(37)
-
$
646
3,903
$
(37)
(1,075)
$
-
-
-
-
-
$
2,219
1,594
(985)
609
2,828
$
The following tables present the effects of reclassifications out of AOCI on line items of consolidated income for the
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
Details about AOCI
Amount Reclassified from AOCI
Affected Line Item in the
Consolidated Statement of Income
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
December 31, 2012
Year ended
Securities available for sale
Unrealized gains on securities
available for sale
Related tax expense
Defined benefit plan
Amortization of prior service cost
Related tax (benefit)expense
Total reclassifications for the period
$
$
$
$
$
(1,089)
370
(719)
4
(1)
3
(716)
$
$
$
$
$
(518)
$
(1,492)
Gain on securities transactions,
net
176
(342)
$
(68)
23
(45)
(387)
$
$
$
507 Income tax expense
(985) Net of tax
- (1)
- Income tax expense
- Net of tax
(985)
(1)
This other comprehensive income (loss) component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see
Note 12 for details).
79
Note 11. Income Taxes
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities as of December 31 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses
Deferred compensation
Nonaccrual loan interest
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities
FAS 158 adjustment pension
Stock based compensation
Net operating loss carryforward
Alternative minimum tax credit
Depreciation
OREO
Other
Deferred tax liabilities:
Accrued pension
Purchase accounting adjustment
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
Other
Net deferred tax asset
2014
2013
2012
$
$
$
$
$
3,315
661
—
—
418
—
—
—
180
667
391
5,632
411
942
747
123
2,223
3,409
$
$
$
3,715 $
633
931
2,037
81
205
—
—
118
618
146
8,484 $
355
2,257
—
56
2,668 $
5,816 $
4,557
514
847
—
554
165
2,667
391
137
1,007
395
11,234
359
4,089
2,011
37
6,496
4,738
The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax returns and concluded that it has no
liability related to uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes.
The Company has evaluated the need for a deferred tax valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2014 in
accordance with FASB ASC 740. Based on a three year income projection of taxable income and tax strategies that would
result in potential securities gains and the effects of off-setting deferred tax liabilities, the Company believes that it is more
likely than not that the deferred tax assets are realizable. Therefore, no allowance is required. Years 2011 through 2014 are
subject to audit by taxing authorities. The Company had a net operating loss carryforward of $7.8 million as of December 31,
2012. The Company utilized all of the available net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2013.
Allocation of the income tax expense between current and deferred portions is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Current tax provision
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit)
2014
2013
2,768
(40)
$
— $
2,497
2012
22
2,126
2,728
$
2,497 $
2,148
$
$
The following is a reconciliation of the expected income tax expense with the reported expense for each year:
Statutory federal income tax rate
(Reduction) Increase in taxes resulting from:
Municipal interest
Bank owned life insurance income
Other, net
Effective tax rate
2014
2013
34.0 %
34.0 %
2012
34.0 %
(3.1)
(3.8)
(0.5)
26.6 %
(2.6)
(3.0)
1.3
29.7 %
(2.0)
(2.7)
(1.5)
27.8 %
80
Note 12. Employee Benefit Plans
The Company adopted the Bank of Essex noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan for all full-time pre-merger
Bank of Essex employees over 21 years of age. Benefits are generally based upon years of service and the employees’
compensation. The Company funds pension costs in accordance with the funding provisions of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act.
The Company has frozen the plan benefits for all the Defined Benefit Plan participants effective December 31, 2010.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the plan’s benefit obligations and fair value of assets for the
year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain)/loss
Benefits paid
Change in obligation due to plan amendment
Settlement gain/(loss)
Benefit obligation, ending
Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets, ending
Funded Status
Amounts Recognized in the Balance Sheet
Other assets
Other liabilities
Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Net loss
Prior service cost
Deferred tax
Total amount recognized
December 31
2014
2013
4,662
223
845
(583)
—
7
5,154
5,485
233
(583)
5,135
(19)
$
$
$
$
— $
(19)
1,165
63
(417)
811
$
$
5,791
224
(749)
(649)
68
(23)
4,662
5,255
879
(649)
5,485
823
823
—
168
68
(81)
155
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $5.2
million and $4.7 million, respectively.
81
The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the plan for the years ended December 31,
2014, 2013 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior service cost
Recognized net loss due to settlement
Recognized net actuarial loss
Net periodic (benefit) cost
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost
and accumulated other comprehensive
(loss) income
2014
$ 223
(396)
5
18
-
($ 150)
December 31
2013
$ 224
(405)
-
147
69
$ 35
2012
$ 250
(408)
-
105
66
$ 13
$ 842
($ 1,359)
$ 71
The weighted-average assumptions used in the measurement of the Company’s benefit obligation and net periodic
benefit cost are shown in the following table:
Discount rate used for net periodic pension cost
Discount rate used for disclosure
Expected return on plan assets
2014
5.00%
4.00%
7.50%
December 31
2013
4.00%
5.00%
8.00%
2012
4.50 %
4.00 %
8.00 %
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income during 2014 are as
follows (dollars in thousands):
Net loss
Prior service cost
Amortization of prior service cost
Total amount recognized
$
$
997
-
(5)
992
The estimated amounts that will amortize from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost
in 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
Prior service cost
Net loss due to settlement
Total amount recognized
$
4
44
$ 48
Long-Term Rate of Return
The plan sponsor selects the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption in consultation with its investment
advisors and actuary. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested
or to be invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of return
(net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust, and for the trust itself. Undue weight is
not given to recent experience that may not continue over the measurement period, with higher significance placed on current
forecasts of future long-term economic conditions.
Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes. Further, solely for this purpose,
the plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period during which assets are invested. However,
consideration is given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust, and
expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not explicitly
estimated within periodic cost).
82
Asset Allocation
The pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 by asset category were as
follows:
Asset Category
Mutual funds — fixed income
Mutual funds — equity
Cash and equivalents
Total
December 31
2014
2013
40.00 %
60.00
0.00
100.00 %
40.00%
60.00
0.00
100.00%
The fair value of plan assets is measured based on the fair value hierarchy as discussed in Note 21, “Fair Values of
Assets and Liabilities”, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The valuations are based on third party data received as of
the balance sheet date. All plan assets are considered Level 1 assets, as quoted prices exist in active markets for identical
assets.
The following table presents the fair value of plan assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
Cash
Mutual funds:
Fixed income funds
International funds
Large cap funds
Mid cap funds
Small cap funds
Stock fund
Assets measured at Fair Value (Level 1)
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$ 6
2,031
772
801
546
181
798
$ 5,135
$ 6
2,179
828
844
570
201
857
$ 5,485
The trust fund is sufficiently diversified to maintain a reasonable level of risk without imprudently sacrificing return,
with a targeted asset allocation of 40% fixed income and 60% equities. The investment manager selects investment fund
managers with demonstrated experience and expertise, and funds with demonstrated historical performance, for the
implementation of the plan’s investment strategy. The investment manager will consider both actively and passively managed
investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an efficient investment structure.
It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful to
avoid sacrificing quality. These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting fees,
transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust.
Estimated future contributions and benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as
follows (dollars in thousands):
Expected Employer Contributions
2015
Expected Benefit Payments
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020-2024
$ —
863
242
84
205
601
836
83
401(k) Plan
The Company combined the acquired BOE 401(k) and TFC 401(k) plans into the Essex Bank 401(k) plan effective
October 1, 2010. The employee may contribute up to 100% of compensation, subject to statutory limitations. The Company
matches 100% of employee contributions on the first 3% of compensation, then the Company matches 50% of employee
contributions on the next 2% of compensation.
The amounts charged to expense under these plans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were
$475,000, $472,000 and $473,000, respectively.
Deferred Compensation Agreements
The Company has deferred compensation agreements with certain key employees and the Board of Directors. The
retirement benefits to be provided are fixed based upon the amount of compensation earned and deferred. Deferred
compensation expense amounted to $165,000, $124,000 and $99,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,
respectively. The expense associated with these agreements is offset by increased cash surrender value of life insurance
policies on the individuals.
Note 13. Stock Option Plans
2009 Stock Option Plan
In 2009, the Company adopted the Community Bankers Trust Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The
purpose of the Plan is to further the long-term stability and financial success of the Company by attracting and retaining
employees and directors through the use of stock incentives and other rights that promote and recognize the financial success
and growth of the Company. The Company believes that ownership of company stock will stimulate the efforts of such
employees and directors by further aligning their interests with the interest of the Company’s shareholders. The Plan is to be
used to grant restricted stock awards, stock options in the form of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options,
stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards to employees and directors of the Company for up to 2,650,000 shares
of common stock. No more than 1,500,000 shares may be issued in connection with the exercise of incentive stock options.
Annual grants of stock options are limited to 500,000 shares for each participant.
The exercise price of an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of such shares on the
date of grant, provided that if the participant owns, directly or indirectly, stock possessing more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the exercise price of an incentive stock option shall not be
less than 110% of the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock option
awards cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. The option exercise price may
be paid in cash or with shares of common stock, or a combination of cash and common stock, if permitted under the
participant’s option agreement. The Plan will expire on June 17, 2019, unless terminated sooner by the Board of Directors.
The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the “Black Scholes Option Pricing” method
with the following assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:
Expected volatility
Expected dividend
Expected term (years)
Risk free rate
2014
50.0%
1.0%
6.25
2.00%
December 31
2013
50.0%
2.0%
6.25
1.38%
2012
50.0%
2.0% – 3.0%
6.25
0.77% - 1.31%
The expected volatility is an estimate of the volatility of the Company’s share price based on historical performance.
The risk free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the awards are based on the U. S. Treasury Zero Coupon
implied yield at the time of the grant correlating to the expected term. The expected term is based on the simplified method as
provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No 110 (SAB 110). In accordance with
SAB 110, the Company has chosen to use the simplified method, as this is the first plan issued by the Company as
Community Bankers Trust Corporation; therefore, minimal historical exercise data exists. The dividend yield assumption is
based on the Company’s history and expectation of dividend payouts over the life of the options at the time of the grant.
84
The Company plans to issue new shares of common stock when options are exercised.
In January 2013, the Company granted 25,000 restricted shares of common stock to an executive officer in accordance
with the minimum rules for long-term equity grants for companies participating in the Department of the Treasury’s TARP
Capital Purchase Program. These rules require that for each 25% of total financial assistance repaid, 25% of the total
restricted stock may become transferrable. Following the Company’s repayment of such financial assistance, 25% of this
award vested and became transferable on January 17, 2014, and the remaining 75% of this award will vest (and will become
transferable) in January 2015, January 2016 and January 2017 in accordance with the terms of the award. See Note 27 for
further information related to the Company’s participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
The Company issues equity grants to non-employee directors as payment for annual retainer fees. The fair market
value of these grants was the closing price of the Company’s stock at the grant date. A summary of these grants for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is shown in the following table:
Month
March
June
September
December
For the Year Ended
2014
2013
2012
Shares
Issued
7,375
9,954
8,901
8,697
Fair Market
Value
$ 4.00
4.16
4.38
4.48
Shares
Issued
8,751
9,096
8,073
7,965
Fair Market
Value
$ 3.37
3.24
3.65
3.70
Shares
Issued
Fair Market
Value
— $ —
2.04
2.41
2.45
15,925
13,477
13,260
The Company granted 270,000 options in 2012, 230,000 options in 2013 and 175,000 options in 2014 to employees
which vest ratably over the requisite service period of four years. A summary of options outstanding for the year ended
December 31, 2014, is shown in the following table:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Forfeited
Expired
Exercised
Outstanding at end of year
Options outstanding and exercisable at end of year
Weighted average remaining contractual life for
outstanding and exercisable shares at year end
Number of Shares
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
$ 2.12
3.80
2.45
—
1.48
2.54
$ 1,332,483
2.09
$ 707,033
605,250
175,000
(46,250)
—
(26,250)
707,750
306,000
78 months
The weighted average fair value per option of options granted during the year was $1.73, $1.16 and $0.46 for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option in the table above
represents the aggregate pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock
exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by option holders had all option holders exercised
their options on December 31, 2014. This amount changes with changes in the market value of the Company’s stock. The
Company received $39,000 in cash related to option exercises with a total intrinsic value of $74,000 during the year ended
December 31, 2014. A tax benefit of $38,000 was recognized in additional paid-in-capital in connection with the option
exercises and issuances of restricted stock during 2014.
The Company recorded total stock-based compensation expense of $330,000, $253,000 and $156,000 for the years
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of the $330,000 in expense that was recorded in 2014, $181,000
85
related to employee grants and is classified as personnel expense; $149,000 related to the non-employee director grants and is
classified as other operating expenses. Of the $253,000 in expense that was recorded in 2013, $135,000 related to employee
grants and is classified as personnel expense ; $118,000 related to the non-employee director grants and is classified as other
operating expenses. Of the $156,000 in expense that was recorded in 2012, $57,000 related to employee grants and is
classified as personnel expense; $99,000 related to the non-employee director grants and is classified as other operating
expenses.
The following table summarizes non-vested options and restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2014:
Options
Restricted Stock
Number of Shares
409,937
175,000
(136,937)
(46,250)
401,750
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
$ 0.82
1.73
0.73
1.01
1.22
Number of Shares
28,750
—
(10,000)
—
18,750
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
$ 2.85
—
2.83
—
2.86
Non-vested at beginning of the year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at end of year
The unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options and restricted stock was $360,000 at December
31, 2014 to be recognized over a weighted average period of 30 months. The total fair market value of shares vested during
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $101,000, $42,000 and $51,000, respectively.
TFC and BOE Stock Option Plans
Prior to the mergers, both TFC and BOE maintained stock option plans as incentives for certain officers and directors.
During 2007, TFC replaced its stock option plan with an equity compensation plan that issued restricted stock awards. Under
the terms of these plans, all options and awards were fully vested and exercisable, and any unrecognized compensation
expenses were accelerated. Due to the mergers on May 31, 2008, these plans were terminated and the Company issued
replacement options amounting to 332,351 and 161,426 to former employees of TFC and BOE, which represented exchange
rates of 1.42 and 5.7278, respectively.
The options were valued at $1.488 million using the Black-Scholes model at the time of acquisition of TFC and BOE
by the Company. The options were considered part of the acquisition price and, therefore, were not expensed by the
Company. Assumptions were for a discount rate of 4.06% and 25% volatility with a remaining term of 4.83 years for TFC
options and 5.25 years for BOE options.
All remaining outstanding TFC options expired during the year ended December 31, 2013, and all remaining
outstanding BOE options expired during the year ended December 31, 2014.
A summary of the options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2014 is shown in the following table:
Outstanding at beginning of the year
Granted
Forfeited
Expired
Outstanding at end of year
Options
Number of Shares
40,134
—
(4,181)
(35,953)
—
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
$ 4.94
—
5.01
4.93
—
The aggregate intrinsic value of the options outstanding and exercisable was zero for each of the years ended December
31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
86
Note 14. Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income or loss available to common shareholders
by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including the effect of all potentially dilutive
common shares outstanding attributable to stock instruments (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data):
For the year ended December 31, 2014
Basic EPS
Effect of dilutive stock awards
Diluted EPS
For the year ended December 31, 2013
Shares issued
Unissued vested restricted stock
Basic EPS
Effect of dilutive stock awards
Diluted EPS
For the year ended December 31, 2012
Shares issued
Unissued vested restricted stock
Basic EPS
Effect of dilutive stock awards
Diluted EPS
Net Income Available
to Common
Shareholders
(Numerator)
Weighted Average
Common Shares
(Denominator)
Per Common
Share Amount
$ 7,269
—
$ 7,269
$ 4,787
—
$ 4,787
$ 4,478
—
$ 4,478
21,755
226
21,981
21,689
11
21,700
222
21,922
21,640
7
21,647
70
21,717
$ 0.33
—
$ 0.33
$ 0.22
—
$ 0.22
$ 0.21
—
$ 0.21
Excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share were approximately 40,000 and 1.3 million
options or warrants during 2013 and 2012, respectively, because their inclusion would be antidilutive. There were no such
exclusions during 2014.
Note 15. Related Party Transactions
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has and expects to continue to have transactions, including borrowings,
with its executive officers, directors, and their affiliates. All such loans are made on substantially the same terms as those
prevailing at the time for comparable loans to unrelated persons.
The table below presents the activity for both direct and indirect loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in
thousands).
Balance, beginning of year
Principal additions
Repayments and reclassifications
Balance, end of year
December 31
$
$
2014
2,301
1,384
(1,604)
2,081
2013
$ 3,115
1,765
(2,579)
$ 2,301
Indirect loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
87
Note 16. Cash Flow Hedge
On November 7, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a total notional amount of $30
million. The Company designated the swap as a cash flow hedge intended to protect against the variability in the expected
future cash flows on the designated variable rate borrowings. The swap hedges the interest rate risk, wherein the Company
will receive an interest rate based on the three month LIBOR from the counterparty and pays an interest rate of 1.69% to the
same counterparty calculated on the notional amount for a term of five years. The Company intends to sequentially issue a
series of three month fixed rate debt as part of a planned roll-over of short term debt for five years. The forecasted funding
will be provided through one of the following wholesale funding sources: a new FHLB advance, a new repurchase
agreement, or a pool of brokered CDs, based on whichever market offers the most advantageous pricing at the time that
pricing is first initially determined for the effective date of the swap and each reset period thereafter. Each quarter when the
Company rolls over the three month debt, it will decide at that time which funding source to use for that quarterly period.
The swap was entered into with a counterparty that met the Company’s credit standards, and the agreement contains
collateral provisions protecting the at-risk party. The Company believes that the credit risk inherent in the contract is not
significant. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $150,000 of cash pledged as collateral.
Amounts receivable or payable are recognized as accrued under the terms of the agreements. In accordance with FASB
ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, the Company has designated the swap as a cash flow hedge, with the effective portions
of the derivatives’ unrealized gains or losses recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective
portions of the unrealized gains or losses, if any, would be recorded in other operating expense. The Company has assessed
the effectiveness of each hedging relationship by comparing the changes in cash flows on the designated hedged item. The
Company’s cash flow hedge is deemed to be effective. At December 31, 2014, the fair value of the Company’s cash flow
hedge was an unrealized gain of $23,000 and was recorded in other assets. The gain was recorded as a component of other
comprehensive income.
Note 17. Dividend Limitations on Affiliate Bank
Transfers of funds from the banking subsidiary to the parent corporation in the form of loans, advances and cash
dividends are restricted by federal and state regulatory authorities. As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the aggregate
amount of unrestricted funds that could be transferred from the banking subsidiary to the parent corporation, without prior
regulatory approval, totaled $1.1 million, $3.5 million and $787,000, respectively. From January 1, 2012 until December 5,
2012, the Bank was not permitted to make dividend payments to the holding company without prior regulatory approval, as
required by the formal written agreement that the Company had with its regulators.
Note 18. Concentration of Credit Risk
At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank’s loan portfolio consisted of commercial, real estate and consumer
(installment) loans. Real estate secured loans represented the largest concentration at 85.36% and 83.75% of the loan
portfolio for 2014 and 2013, respectively.
The Bank maintains a portion of its cash balances with several financial institutions located in its market area.
Accounts at each institution are secured by the FDIC up to $250,000. Uninsured balances were $5.1 million and $7.1 million
at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Note 19. Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the
financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of
credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount
recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in
particular classes of financial instruments.
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The
Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet
88
instruments. A summary of the contract amounts of the Bank’s exposure to off-balance sheet risk as of December 31, 2014
and 2013, is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Commitments with off-balance sheet risk:
Commitments to extend credit
Standby letters of credit
Total commitments with off-balance sheet risk
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
$ 87,017
7,358
$ 94,375
$ 72,183
9,978
$ 82,161
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require
payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment
amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a
case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on
management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory,
property and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.
Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements
are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are generally
uncollateralized and usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may be drawn upon only to the total extent to which
the Bank is committed.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer
to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including
commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially
the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by
the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s evaluation of the counterparty. Since most of the letters of
credit are expected to expire without being drawn upon, they do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Note 20. Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements
administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory
and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their
assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts
and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other
factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to
maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to
risk weighted assets (as defined), and of tier 1 capital (as defined) to adjusted average total assets (as defined). Management
believes, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, that the Company and Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which
they are subject.
As of December 31, 2014, based on regulatory guidelines, the Company believes that it is well capitalized under the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Company and the Bank must
maintain minimum total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based, and tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no
conditions or events since that date that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
89
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table (dollars in
thousands).
Actual
Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Required in Order to be
Well Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
As of December 31, 2014:
Total Capital to risk weighted assets
Company
Bank
$ 115,805
117,395
14.72 %
14.92 %
$ 62,950
62,930
8.00 %
8.00 %
NA
NA
10.00 %
$ 78,662
Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets
Company
Bank
Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average total assets
Company
Bank
As of December 31, 2013:
Total Capital to risk weighted assets
106,397
107,987
13.52 %
13.73 %
31,475
31,465
4.00 %
4.00 %
NA
47,197
NA
6.00 %
106,397
107,987
9.36 %
9.50 %
45,487
45,478
4.00 %
4.00 %
NA
56,847
NA
5.00 %
Company
Bank
$ 113,805
113,624
16.82 %
16.79 %
$ 54,124
54,132
8.00 %
8.00 %
NA
NA
10.00 %
$ 67,666
Tier 1 Capital to risk weighted assets
Company
Bank
Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average total assets
105,672
105,489
15.62 %
15.59 %
27,062
27,066
4.00 %
4.00 %
NA
40,599
NA
6.00 %
Company
Bank
105,672
105,489
9.52 %
9.50 %
44,396
44,402
4.00 %
4.00 %
NA
55,503
NA
5.00 %
Note 21. Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities
FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the exchange price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC 820 requires that valuation techniques
maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs and also establishes a fair value
hierarchy that prioritizes the valuation inputs into three broad levels. The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value
in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to
determine fair value. These levels are:
• Level 1—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
• Level 2—Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for
identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all
significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for
substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
• Level 3—Valuation is determined using model-based techniques with significant assumptions not observable in
the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect the Company’s own estimates of assumptions that market
participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of third party pricing
services, option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.
FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments, allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and
subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company has not
made any material FASB ASC 825 elections as of December 31, 2014.
90
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record adjustments to certain assets to determine fair value
disclosures. Securities available for sale and loans held for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The tables
below present the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (dollars in thousands):
Investment securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total investment securities available for sale
Loans held for sale
Cash flow hedge
Total assets at fair value
Total liabilities at fair value
Investment securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury issue and other U.S. Gov’t agencies
U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
State, county and municipal
Corporate and other bonds
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t agencies
Mortgage backed – U.S. Gov’t sponsored agencies
Total investment securities available for sale
Loans held for sale
Total assets at fair value
Total liabilities at fair value
Investment securities available for sale
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 31, 2014
$
$
$
$
$
$
98,707
137,477
11,883
2,258
24,243
274,568
200
23
274,791
-
$
94,464
5,596
-
-
-
100,060
-
-
$ $100,060
-
$
$
4,243
131,881
11,883
2,258
24,243
174,508
200
23
$ $174,731
-
$
Total
Level 1
Level 2
December 31, 2013
98,987
486
134,096
6,349
3,439
22,420
265,777
100
265,877
-
$
$
$
94,935
-
2,482
-
-
2,531
99,948
-
99,948
-
$
$
$
4,052
486
131,614
6,349
3,439
19,889
165,829
100
165,929
-
$
$
$
$
$
$
Level 3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value each reporting period. Fair value measurement is based
upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models
or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit
rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions.
The Company utilizes a third party vendor to provide fair value data for purposes of determining the fair value of its
available for sale securities portfolio. The third party vendor uses a reputable pricing company for security market data. The
third party vendor has controls and edits in place for month-to-month market checks and zero pricing, and a Statement on
Standards for Attestation Engagements No. 16 report is obtained from the third party vendor on an annual basis. The
Company makes no adjustments to the pricing service data received for its securities available for sale.
Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury
securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities
include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities.
91
Loans held for sale
The carrying amounts of loans held for sale approximate fair value.
Cash flow hedge
The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted
future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts). The variable cash
payments (or receipts) are based on an expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) derived from observable market
interest rate curves.
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
The Company is also required to measure and recognize certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring
basis on the consolidated balance sheet. The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2014
Impaired loans, non-covered
Other real estate owned (OREO), non-covered
Other real estate owned (OREO), covered
Total assets at fair value
Total liabilities at fair value
Impaired loans, non-covered
Other real estate owned (OREO), non-covered
Other real estate owned (OREO), covered
Total assets at fair value
Total liabilities at fair value
Impaired loans, non-covered
Total
$ 14,286
5,724
2,019
$ 22,029
$ —
Total
$ 10,334
6,244
2,692
$ 19,270
$ —
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
$ — $ — $ 14,286
5,724
2,019
$ — $ — $ 22,029
$ — $ — $ —
—
—
—
—
December 31, 2013
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
$ — $ 1,791 $ 8,543
6,244
2,692
$ — $ 1,791 $ 17,479
$ — $ — $ —
—
—
—
—
Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the
contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired,
management measures the impairment in accordance with FASB ASC 310, Receivables. The fair value of impaired loans is
estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not
requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceeds the recorded
investments in such loans. At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, a majority of total impaired loans were evaluated
based on the fair value of the collateral. The Company frequently obtains appraisals prepared by external professional
appraisers for classified loans greater than $250,000 when the most recent appraisal is greater than 12 months old. When the
fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the
impaired loan within Level 2.
The Company may also identify collateral deterioration based on current market sales data, including price and
absorption, as well as input from real estate sales professionals and developers, county or city tax assessments, market data
and on-site inspections by Company personnel. Internally prepared estimates generally result from current market data and
actual sales data related to the Company’s collateral or where the collateral is located. When management determines that the
fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the
Company records the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3. In instances where an appraisal received subsequent to an
internally prepared estimate reflects a higher collateral value, management does not revise the carrying amount. Impaired
loans can also be evaluated for impairment using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s
effective interest rate. The measurement of impaired loans using future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest
rate rather than the market rate of interest rate is not a fair value measurement and is therefore excluded from fair value
disclosure requirements. Reviews of classified loans are performed by management on a quarterly basis.
92
Other real estate owned, covered and non-covered
Other real estate owned (OREO) assets are adjusted to fair value less estimated selling costs upon transfer of the related
loans to OREO property. Subsequent to the transfer, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are
carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less estimated selling costs. Fair value is based upon independent market
prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the
collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the foreclosed asset
within Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines that the fair value of the collateral is
further impaired below the appraised value due to such things as absorption rates and market conditions, the Company
records the foreclosed asset within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities,
including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or
nonrecurring basis. FASB ASC 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its
disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the
underlying fair value of the Company.
The following reflects the fair value of financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the consolidated balance
sheet, at fair value measures by level of valuation assumptions used for those assets. This table excludes financial
instruments for which the carrying value approximates fair value (dollars in thousands):
Financial assets:
Securities held to maturity
Loans, non-covered
Loans, covered
FDIC indemnification asset
Financial liabilities:
Interest bearing deposits
Long-term borrowings
Financial assets:
Securities held to maturity
Loans, non-covered
Loans, covered
FDIC indemnification asset
Financial liabilities:
Interest bearing deposits
Long-term borrowings
Carrying Value
Estimated Fair
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 31, 2014
$ 36,197
655,371
62,358
18,609
$ 37,539
661,806
69,483
4,242
$ —
—
—
—
$ 37,539
642,645
—
—
$ —
19,161
69,483
4,242
834,381
110,205
836,658
110,218
—
—
836,658
110,218
—
—
Carrying Value
Estimated Fair
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
December 31, 2013
$ 28,563
585,729
72,791
25,409
$ 30,305
591,081
88,693
10,557
$ —
—
—
—
$ 30,305
582,538
—
—
$ —
8,543
88,693
10,557
822,209
81,249
824,895
81,014
—
—
824,895
81,014
—
—
The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the
accompanying balance sheets at amounts other than fair value as of December 31, 2014. The Company applied the provisions
of FASB ASC 820 to the fair value measurements of financial instruments not recognized on the consolidated balance sheet
at fair value. The provisions requiring the Company to maximize the use of observable inputs and to measure fair value
using a notion of exit price were factored into the Company’s selection of inputs into its established valuation techniques.
93
Financial Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, interest bearing bank deposits, and federal funds sold approximate
fair value.
Securities held for investment
For securities held for investment, fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.
Restricted securities
The carrying value of restricted securities approximates their fair value based on the redemption provisions of the
respective issuer.
Loans held for sale
The carrying amounts of loans held for sale approximate fair value.
Loans not covered by FDIC shared-loss agreement (non-covered loans)
The fair value of loans, excluding PCI loans, is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at
which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The fair
value of impaired loans is consistent with the methodology used for the FASB ASC 820 disclosure for assets recorded at fair
value on a nonrecurring basis presented above. The fair value of non-covered loans that are PCI loans is estimated using the
same methodology described below for covered loans.
Loans covered by FDIC shared-loss agreement (covered loans) and PCI loans
Fair values for covered loans and PCI loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considers various
factors including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, term of loan and whether or not the loans are
amortizing. Loans were pooled together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying
various valuation techniques. The discount rates used for loans are based on the rates used at acquisition (which were based
on market rates for new originations of comparable loans) adjusted for any material changes in interest rates since
acquisition. Increases in cash flow expectations since acquisition resulted in estimated fair value being higher than carrying
value. The increase in cash flows is also reflected in a transfer from unaccretable yield to accretable yield as disclosed in
Note 4.
FDIC indemnification asset
Loss sharing assets are measured separately from the related covered assets as they are not contractually embedded in
the covered assets and are not transferable with the assets should the Company choose to dispose of them. Fair value is
estimated using projected cash flows related to the obligations under the shared-loss agreements based on the expected
reimbursements for losses and the applicable loss sharing percentages. These expected reimbursements do not include
reimbursable amounts related to future covered expenditures. These cash flows were discounted to reflect the uncertainty of
the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursement from the FDIC. A reduction in loss expectations has resulted in the
estimated fair value of the FDIC indemnification asset being lower than its carrying value. This creates a premium that is
amortized over the life of the asset and is reflected in Note 5.
Accrued interest receivable
The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable approximate fair value.
94
Financial Liabilities
Noninterest bearing deposits
The carrying amount of noninterest bearing deposits approximates fair value.
Interest bearing deposits
The fair value of NOW accounts, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on
demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently
offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
The carrying amount of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase approximates fair
value.
Long-term borrowings
The fair values of the Company’s long-term borrowings, such as FHLB advances and long-term debt, are estimated
using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of
borrowing arrangements.
Accrued interest payable
The carrying amounts of accrued interest payable approximate fair value.
Off-balance sheet financial instruments
The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar
agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties.
For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the
committed rates. The fair value of stand-by letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on
the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. The
Company’s off-balance sheet commitments are funded at current market rates at the date they are drawn upon. It is
management’s opinion that the fair value of these commitments would approximate their carrying value, if drawn upon.
The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of its normal
operations. As a result, the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change,
and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable. Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to
the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to
prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are
receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in
a falling rate environment. Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize
interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the
Company’s overall interest rate risk.
Note 22. Trust Preferred Capital Notes
On December 12, 2003, BOE Statutory Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was formed for the
purpose of issuing redeemable capital securities. On December 12, 2003, $4.124 million of trust preferred securities were
issued through a direct placement. The securities have a LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest. The average interest rate at
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was 3.24%, 3.28% and 3.57%, respectively. The securities have a mandatory redemption
date of December 12, 2033 and are subject to varying call provisions which began December 12, 2008. The principal asset of
the Trust is $4.124 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debt securities with the like maturities and like interest rates
to the capital securities.
95
The trust preferred notes may be included in tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes up to
25% of tier 1 capital after its inclusion. The portion of the trust preferred not considered as tier 1 capital may be included in
tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2014, all trust preferred notes were included in tier 1 capital.
The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the capital securities constitute a full and unconditional
guarantee by the Company of the Trust’s obligations with respect to the capital securities.
Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time to time to defer interest payments on
the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related capital
securities. The Company is current in its obligations under the trust preferred notes.
Note 23. Lease Commitments
The following table represents a summary of non-cancelable operating leases for bank premises that have initial or
remaining terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter
Total of future payments
$
709
650
597
583
591
2,337
$ 5,467
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $783,000, $621,000 and $659,000,
respectively.
Note 24. Other Noninterest Expense
Other noninterest expense totals are presented in the following tables. Components of these expenses exceeding 1.0%
of the aggregate of total net interest income and total noninterest income for any of the past three years are stated separately.
(dollars in thousands)
Bank franchise tax
Telephone and internet line
Stationery, printing and supplies
Exam fees
Marketing expense
Credit expense
Other expenses
Total other operating expenses
2014
December 31
2013
2012
$544
739
449
567
475
635
2,938
6,347
$
$513
699
453
529
384
707
2,661
5,946
$
$466
777
504
569
336
948
2,391
5,991
$
96
Note 25. Parent Corporation Only Financial Statements
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
PARENT COMPANY ONLY BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2014 and 2013
(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash
Other assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Total assets
Liabilities
Other liabilities
Balances due to non-bank subsidiary
Long term debt
Total liabilities
Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock (5,000,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value; 0 and
10,680 issued and outstanding, respectively)
Warrants on preferred stock
Common stock (200,000,000 shares authorized $0.01 par value;
21,791,523 and 21,709,096 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)
Additional paid in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Total shareholders’ equity
$
$
$
2014
2013
$
$
$
7,910
252
113,364
121,526
72
4,124
9,680
13,876
—
—
218
145,321
(38,553)
664
107,650
323
1,711
108,789
110,823
40
4,124
—
4,164
10,680
1,037
217
144,656
(45,822)
(4,109)
106,659
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
121,526
$
110,823
97
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
PARENT COMPANY ONLY STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(dollars in thousands)
Income:
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Other operating income
Total income
Expenses:
Interest expense
Management fee paid to subsidiaries
Stock option expense
State taxes
Professional and legal expenses
Other operating expenses
Total expenses
Equity in (loss) / income of subsidiaries
Net income before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net income
2014
2013
2012
$
$
$
8,250
4
8,254
7,820
4
7,824
423
164
7
15
121
84
814
(198)
7,242
274
7,516
137
144
5
236
112
74
708
(1,449)
5,667
239
5,906
$
$
$
3,048
11
3,059
180
138
(54)
180
129
(160)
413
2,778
5,424
158
5,582
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
PARENT COMPANY ONLY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(dollars in thousands)
Operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Issuance of common stock and stock options
Undistributed equity in loss (income) of subsidiary
Decrease (increase) in other assets
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
2014
2013
2012
$
7,516
$ 5,906
$ 5,582
409
198
1,459
32
258
1,449
(241)
(2)
156
(2,778)
(194)
(239)
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities
9,614
7,370
2,527
Financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt
Payment on long-term debt
Redemption of preferred stock and related warrants
Cash dividends paid
10,680
(1,000)
(11,460)
(247)
—
—
(7,000)
(885)
—
—
—
(2,210)
Net cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities
(2,027)
(7,885)
(2,210)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
7,587
323
7,910
(515)
838
323
$
$
317
521
838
$
98
Note 26. Subsequent Events
In preparing these financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or
disclosure through the date the financial statements were issued.
Note 27. Preferred Stock
On December 19, 2008, under the Department of the Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Company issued
to the U.S. Treasury 17,680 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (Series A Preferred Stock),
and a 10-year warrant to purchase up to 780,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.40 per share. Cumulative
dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock were payable at 5% per annum through the February 2014 payment, and at a rate
of 9% per annum thereafter. The warrant was exercisable at any time until December 19, 2018, and the number of shares of
common stock underlying the warrant and the exercise price was subject to adjustment for certain dilutive events.
The Company received proceeds of $17.68 million for the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant. The Company
allocated the proceeds based on a relative fair value basis between the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant, recording
$16.64 million and $1.04 million, respectively. Fair value of the preferred stock was estimated based on a discounted cash
flow model using an estimated life of 50 years and a discount rate of 12%. Fair value of the stock warrant was estimated
using a Black-Scholes model assuming stock price volatility of 27.5%, a dividend yield of 0.5%, a risk-free rate of 1.35% and
an expected life of five years. The $16.64 million of Series A Preferred Stock is net of a discount of $1.04 million. The
discount was accreted to the $17.68 million redemption price over a five year period. The accretion of the discount and
dividends on the preferred stock reduce retained earnings.
Each share of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding had no par value, had a liquidation preference of $1,000
and is redeemable at the Company’s option, subject to approval of the Federal Reserve, at a redemption price equal to $1,000
plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series A Preferred Stock had a preference over the Company’s common stock upon
liquidation. Dividends on the preferred stock, if declared, were payable quarterly in arrears. The Company’s ability to declare
or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, its common stock was subject to certain restrictions in the
event that the Company failed to pay or set aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest completed dividend
period.
During 2013, the Company repurchased 7,000 shares of the original 17,680 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The
Company funded the repurchase through the earnings of its banking subsidiary. The form of the repurchase was a redemption
under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock. The Company paid the Treasury $7.0 million, which represented 100% of
the par value of the preferred stock repurchased plus accrued dividends with respect to such shares.
On April 23, 2014, the Company repurchased the remaining 10,680 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company
funded the repurchase through an unsecured third-party term loan (See Note 9). The form of the repurchase was a redemption
under the terms of the TARP preferred stock. The Company paid the Treasury $10.9 million, which represented 100% of the
par value of the preferred stock repurchased plus accrued dividends with respect to such shares.
On June 4, 2014, the Company paid the Treasury $780,000 to repurchase the warrant that had been associated with the
Series A Preferred Stock. There are no other investments from the Company's participation in TARP that remain outstanding.
99
Note 28. Quarterly Data (unaudited)
2014
2013
Interest and dividend income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
First
Second
Third
Fourth
$11,879 $12,455 $12,665 $11,726
1,883
1,570
1,783
1,697
First
Second
Fourth
$12,166 $12,491 $13,171 $12,217
1,644
1,894
1,749
1,791
Third
10,309 10,758 10,882
—
—
—
9,843
10,272 10,700 11,422
—
—
—
10,573
—
—
Net interest income after provision
for loan losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expenses
10,309 10,758
970
1,301
9,359
9,177
10,882
1,166
9,538
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
2,433
709
2,369
649
2,510
697
Net income (loss)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
Accretion of discount on preferred
stock
$ 1,724 $ 1,720 $ 1,813
65
182
—
—
—
—
9,843
1,832
8,743
2,932
673
10,272 10,700
1,338
9,758
1,326
9,711
11,422
593
9,433
10,573
1,467
10,386
1,887
563
2,280
673
2,582
800
1,654
461
$ 2,259
—
$ 1,324
221
$ 1,607 $ 1,782
208
221
$1,193
235
—
58
59
73
44
Net income (loss) available to
common shareholders
$ 1,659 $ 1,538 $ 1,813
$ 2,259
$ 1,045
$ 1,327 $ 1,501
$914
Earnings (loss) per common share,
basic
Earnings (loss) per common share,
diluted
$
$
0.08 $
0.07 $
0.08
0.08 $
0.07 $
0.08
$
$
0.10
$
0.05
0.10
$
0.05
$
$
0.06 $
0.07
$0.04
0.06 $
0.07
$0.04
2012
Interest and dividend income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision
for loan losses
Noninterest income
Noninterest expenses
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Dividends paid on preferred stock
Accretion of discount on preferred
stock
Net income (loss) available to
common shareholders
Earnings (loss) per common share,
basic
Earnings (loss) per common share,
diluted
First
Second
Fourth
$13,809 $14,119 $12,872 $12,919
2,054
2,712
2,339
2,587
Third
11,097 11,532 10,533 10,865
450
250
500
—
10,533 10,415
10,847 11,032
1,299
2,470
1,462
9,693
10,442 10,811 10,357
975
1,380
390
1,683
473
2,646
837
2,021
448
990
221
$ 1,210
221
$ 1,809 $ 1,573
221
221
55
55
55
55
714
0.03
0.03
$
$
$
934
$ 1,533 $ 1,297
0.04
0.04
$
$
0.07 $
0.06
0.07 $
0.06
$
$
$
$
100
Note 29. Branch Sale
On November 8, 2013, the Company sold the four branches located in Georgia and related deposits to Community &
Southern Bank, headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia (the “Branch Sale”). The Branch Sale resulted in the transfer of $193.2
million of deposits and $20,000 of consumer loans associated with such deposits to Community & Southern Bank in
exchange for the payment of a deposit premium of $2.6 million. Certain fixed assets with a fair value of $5.2 million (cost,
net of accumulated depreciation of $1.2 million) were also sold. In addition, $1.5 million of remaining unamortized
intangible assets related to customers and deposits were associated with the Branch Sale.
The following table summarizes deposits related to the Branch Sale (dollars in thousands):
Deposits
Noninterest bearing
Interest bearing
Total deposits
$ 15,869
177,301
$ 193,170
On October 25, 2013 the Company sold $24.3 million in loans held by the Georgia branches to Pinnacle Bank,
headquartered in Elberton, Georgia (the “Loan Sale”), at a premium of 1.0%.
The following summarizes the loans related to the Loan Sale (dollars in thousands):
Mortgage loans on real estate:
Residential 1-4 family
Commercial
Construction and land development
Second mortgages
Multifamily
Agriculture
Total real estate loans
Commercial loans
Consumer installment loans
All other loans
Gross loans
Net deferred costs
Total loans
$ 2,240
15,762
2,895
41
1,802
—
22,740
1,147
424
—
24,311
34
$ 24,345
Based on the premiums outlined above, the Company recorded a net gain on the combined transactions of
$255,000. This gain is net of the deposit premium of $2.6 million, a write off of $1.5 million of existing core deposit
intangibles, a $827,000 loss on the sale of fixed assets, a $243,000 gain on the sale of loans and $258,000 in transaction
related costs.
101
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the Company’s management, with the participation of the
Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer (“the Certifying Officers”), conducted evaluations of the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. As defined under Section 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the term “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures of an
issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the
Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including the Certifying Officers, to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
Based on this evaluation, the Certifying Officers have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures
were effective to ensure that material information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported by management of the
Company on a timely basis in order to comply with the Company’s disclosure obligations under the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of
the Certifying Officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
As of December 31, 2014, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control —
Integrated Framework (2013),” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission.
This assessment included controls over the preparation of the schedules equivalent to the basic financial statements in
accordance with the instructions for the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to
meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.
Based on its assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting was effective based on the criteria set forth by COSO in its “Internal Control — Integrated Framework.”
Elliott Davis Decosimo, LLC, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial
statements of the Company included in this Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. The report is included in
Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”, above under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm.”
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the
evaluation of internal controls that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2014 that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.
102
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the
2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year that this Form 10-K covers.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the
2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year that this Form 10-K covers.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the
2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year that this Form 10-K covers.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the
2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year that this Form 10-K covers.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the
2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year that this Form 10-K covers.
103
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:
PART IV
1. Consolidated Financial Statements. Reference is made to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the
report thereon and the notes thereto, with respect to the Company, commencing at page 48 of this Form 10-K.
2. Financial Statement Schedules. All supplemental schedules are omitted as inapplicable or because
the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits
Description
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 5, 2007, by and between Community Bankers
Acquisition Corp. and TransCommunity Financial Corporation, incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 7, 2007 (File No. 001-32590)
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 13, 2007, by and between Community Bankers
Acquisition Corp. and BOE Financial Services of Virginia, Inc., incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2007 (File No. 001-32590)
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2008, by and among the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for The Community Bank, Bank of Essex and the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28,
2008 (File No. 001-32590)
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Suburban Federal Savings Bank, Crofton, Maryland, Bank of Essex and the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on February 5, 2009 (File No. 001-32590)
Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated August 19, 2013, between Community & Southern Bank and
Essex Bank, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 23, 2013
(File No. 001-32590)
Agreement and Plan of Reincorporation and Merger, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and between Community
Bankers Trust Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Community Bankers Trust Corporation, a Virginia
corporation (formerly known as CBTC Virginia Corporation), incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Community Bankers Trust Corporation, a Virginia
corporation (formerly known as CBTC Virginia Corporation), incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
Certificate of Designations for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A of Community
Bankers Trust Corporation, a Virginia corporation (formerly known as CBTC Virginia Corporation),
incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2014 (File
No. 001-32590)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Community Bankers Trust Corporation, a Virginia corporation (formerly
known as CBTC Virginia Corporation), incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on January 7, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-1 or amendments thereto (File No. 333-124240)
104
No.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.1
4.2
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
14.1
21.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
99.1
99.2
Warrant to Purchase 780,000 Shares of Common Stock, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
TARP Merger Side Letter Agreement, dated January 1, 2014, between Community Bankers Trust Corporation,
a Virginia corporation, Community Bankers Trust Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and the United States
Department of the Treasury), incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
January 7, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
Letter Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, including the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms
incorporated by reference therein, between Community Bankers Trust Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and
the United States Department of the Treasury, incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on December 23, 2008 (File No. 001-32590)
ARRA Side Letter Agreement, dated January 1, 2014, between Community Bankers Trust Corporation, a
Virginia corporation, and the United States Department of the Treasury), incorporated by reference to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
Form of Waiver, executed by Rex L. Smith, III, Bruce E. Thomas, Jeff R. Cantrell, John M. Oakey, III, and W.
Thomas Townsend), incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January
7, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
Written Agreement, effective April 21, 2010, by and among Community Bankers Trust Corporation, Essex
Bank, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and State Corporation Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions,
incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 27, 2011 (File No. 001-
32590)
Employment Agreement between Community Bankers Acquisition Corp. and Bruce E. Thomas, incorporated
by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on July 28, 2008 (File No. 001-32590)
Form of Letter Agreement, executed by Bruce E. Thomas with the Company, incorporated by reference to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2008 (File No. 001-32590)
Term Loan Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, among Community Bankers Trust Corporation as Borrower,
the Lenders from Time to Time Party Hereto and SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent, incorporated by
reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 28, 2014 (File No. 001-32590)
Community Bankers Trust Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 24, 2009 (File No. 001-32590)
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Community Bankers Trust Corporation 2009 Stock
Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30,
2012 (File No. 001-32590)
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, dated April 25, 2013*
Subsidiaries of Community Bankers Trust Corporation*
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification for Chief Executive Officer*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification for Chief Financial Officer*
Section 1350 Certifications*
IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Years Following First Fiscal Year (Principal Executive Officer)*
IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Years Following First Fiscal Year (Principal Financial Officer)*
105
101
Interactive Data File with respect to the following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the period ended December 31, 2014, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the
Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements*
*
Filed herewith.
(b) Exhibits. See Item 15(a)3. above
(c) Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a)2. above
106
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
By:
/s/ Rex L. Smith, III
Rex L. Smith, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 13, 2015
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Rex L. Smith, III
Rex L. Smith, III
/s/ Bruce E. Thomas
Bruce E. Thomas
/s/ Laureen D. Trice
Laureen D. Trice
/s/ John C. Watkins
John C. Watkins
/s/ Gerald F. Barber
Gerald F. Barber
/s/ Richard F. Bozard
Richard F. Bozard
/s/ Glenn J. Dozier
Glenn J. Dozier
/s/ P. Emerson Hughes, Jr.
P. Emerson Hughes, Jr.
/s/ Troy A. Peery, Jr.
Troy A. Peery, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
and Director
(principal executive officer)
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)
Senior Vice President
and Controller
(principal accounting officer)
March 13, 2015
March 13, 2015
March 13, 2015
Chairman of the Board
March 13, 2015
Director
March 13, 2015
Director
March 13, 2015
Director
March 13, 2015
Director
March 13, 2015
Director
March 13, 2015
107
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
/s/ S. Waite Rawls III
S. Waite Rawls III
/s/ Robin Traywick Williams
Robin Traywick Williams
Director
March 13, 2015
Director
March 13, 2015
Director
March 13, 2015
108
Exhibit 31.1
I, Rex L. Smith, III, certify that:
CERTIFICATIONS
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 of Community Bankers Trust
Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 13, 2015
/s/ Rex L. Smith, III
Rex L. Smith, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 31.2
I, Bruce E. Thomas, certify that:
CERTIFICATIONS
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 of Community Bankers Trust
Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods
presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 13, 2015
/s/ Bruce E. Thomas
Bruce E. Thomas
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the “Report”) of Community
Bankers Trust Corporation (the “Company”), the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to their knowledge:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and
results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries as of, and for, the periods presented in the Report.
/s/ Rex L. Smith, III
Rex L. Smith, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Bruce E. Thomas
Bruce E. Thomas
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Date: March 13, 2015
[This page intentionally left blank.]
IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Years following First Fiscal Year
(Principal Executive Officer)
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
UST #113
Exhibit 99.1
I, Rex L. Smith, III, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Community Bankers Trust Corporation (the “Company”),
certify, based on my knowledge, that the Company repaid its remaining TARP funds on April 23, 2014, that accordingly the
“2014 TARP Period” for the Company began January 1, 2014 and ended April 23, 2014, and that:
(i) The Company’s Compensation Committee discussed, reviewed and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six
months until the end of the 2014 TARP Period senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee
compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company;
(ii) During the discussions, reviews and evaluations described above, the Company’s Compensation Committee did not
identify, and thus did not need to take steps to limit, during the 2014 TARP Period any features of the SEO
compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the
Company, and the Company’s Compensation Committee did not identify any features of the employee compensation
plans that pose risks to the Company, and thus did not need to take steps to limit those features to ensure that the
Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
(iii) The Company’s Compensation Committee reviewed, at least every six months until the end of the 2014 TARP Period,
the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the
manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any
such features;
(iv) The Company’s Compensation Committee will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee
compensation plans required under paragraphs (i) and (iii) above;
(v) The Company’s Compensation Committee will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the
2014 TARP Period the features in:
(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value
of the Company;
(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose the Company to risks; and
(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to
enhance the compensation of an employee;
(vi) The Company has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees,
as defined in the regulations and guidance established under Section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a
recovery or “clawback” provision during the 2014 TARP Period if the bonus payments were based on materially
inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
(vii) The Company has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established
under Section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the 2014
TARP Period;
(viii) The Company has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with Section 111 of EESA and the
regulations and guidance established thereunder during the 2014 TARP Period;
(ix) The Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the
regulations and guidance established under Section 111 of EESA, during the 2014 TARP Period; and any expenses that,
pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an
executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;
(x) The Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with applicable federal securities rules and
regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, which includes the 2014 TARP Period;
(xi) The Company will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering, during the 2014 TARP Period, of any
perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under Section 111 of EESA, whose total value
exceeds $25,000 for the employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
(xii) The Company will disclose whether the Company, the Company’s board of directors, or the Company’s Compensation
Committee has engaged during the 2014 TARP Period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation
consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
(xiii) The Company has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established
under Section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the 2014
TARP Period;
(xiv) The Company has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are
provided in the agreement between the Company and Treasury, including any amendments;
(xv) The Company is not required to submit to Treasury a list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated
employees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015; and
(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be
punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001.)
Date: March 13, 2015
By:
/s/ Rex L. Smith, III
Rex L. Smith, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
IFR Section 30.15 – Certification for Years following First Fiscal Year
(Principal Financial Officer)
COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION
UST #113
Exhibit 99.2
I, Bruce E. Thomas, the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Community Bankers Trust Corporation (the
“Company”), certify, based on my knowledge, that the Company repaid its remaining TARP funds on April 23, 2014, that
accordingly the “2014 TARP Period” for the Company began January 1, 2014 and ended April 23, 2014, and that:
(i) The Company’s Compensation Committee discussed, reviewed and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six
months until the end of the 2014 TARP Period senior executive officer (SEO) compensation plans and employee
compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company;
(ii) During the discussions, reviews and evaluations described above, the Company’s Compensation Committee did not
identify, and thus did not need to take steps to limit, during the 2014 TARP Period any features of the SEO
compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the
Company, and the Company’s Compensation Committee did not identify any features of the employee compensation
plans that pose risks to the Company, and thus did not need to take steps to limit those features to ensure that the
Company is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
(iii) The Company’s Compensation Committee reviewed, at least every six months until the end of the 2014 TARP Period,
the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the
manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any
such features;
(iv) The Company’s Compensation Committee will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee
compensation plans required under paragraphs (i) and (iii) above;
(v) The Company’s Compensation Committee will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the
2014 TARP Period the features in:
(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value
of the Company;
(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose the Company to risks; and
(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the Company to
enhance the compensation of an employee;
(vi) The Company has required that bonus payments to SEOs or any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees,
as defined in the regulations and guidance established under Section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), be subject to a
recovery or “clawback” provision during the 2014 TARP Period if the bonus payments were based on materially
inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
(vii) The Company has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established
under Section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during the 2014
TARP Period;
(viii) The Company has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with Section 111 of EESA and the
regulations and guidance established thereunder during the 2014 TARP Period;
(ix) The Company and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the
regulations and guidance established under Section 111 of EESA, during the 2014 TARP Period; and any expenses that,
pursuant to the policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an
executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;
(x) The Company will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with applicable federal securities rules and
regulations on the disclosures provided under the federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, which includes the 2014 TARP Period;
(xi) The Company will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering, during the 2014 TARP Period, of any
perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under Section 111 of EESA, whose total value
exceeds $25,000 for the employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
(xii) The Company will disclose whether the Company, the Company’s board of directors, or the Company’s Compensation
Committee has engaged during the 2014 TARP Period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation
consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
(xiii) The Company has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established
under Section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during the 2014
TARP Period;
(xiv) The Company has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are
provided in the agreement between the Company and Treasury, including any amendments;
(xv) The Company is not required to submit to Treasury a list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated
employees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015; and
(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be
punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 USC 1001.)
Date: March 13, 2015
By:
/s/ Bruce E. Thomas
Bruce E. Thomas
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
VIRGINIA REGION
MARYLAND REGION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Burgess Office
(804) 453-4268
Callao Office
(804) 529-5546
Centerville Office
(804) 784-4000
Annapolis Office
(443) 596-7515
Arnold Office
(410) 757-7777
Bowie Office
(301) 850-5071
Deep Run at Mayland Office
(804) 934-9999
Catonsville Office
(410) 747-6200
Crofton Office
(410) 721-8444
Rockville Office
(301) 294-9350
Rosedale Office
(410) 574-3303
Fairfax Loan Production Office
(703) 385-4596
Flat Rock Office
(804) 598-6839
Goochland Courthouse Office
(804) 556-6722
King William Office
(804) 769-2265
Louisa Office
(540) 967-5900
Lynchburg Loan Production Office
(434) 485-0090
Mechanicsville Office
(804) 730-3222
Prince Street Office
(804) 443-8510
Tappahannock Office
(804) 443-8500
Virginia Center Office
(804) 262-3991
West Point Office
(804) 843-4347
Winterfield Office
(804) 419-4160
Gerald F. Barber
Consultant
Retired Transaction Services Partner, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Richard F. Bozard
Retired Vice President and Treasurer, Owens & Minor, Inc.
Glenn J. Dozier
Senior Management Consultant and Acting Chief Financial Officer,
MolecularMD Corp.
P. Emerson Hughes, Jr.
Chairman, Holiday Barn Pet Resorts
Troy A. Peery, Jr.
President, Peery Enterprises
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
President and Chief Financial Officer, Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
S. Waite Rawls III
Co-Chief Executive Officer, American Civil War Museum
Rex L. Smith, III
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Community Bankers Trust Corporation and Essex Bank
John C. Watkins
Chairman, Watkins Nurseries, Inc.
Member of the Senate of Virginia, 10th Senatorial District
Robin Traywick Williams
Writer
Stock Transfer Agent
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
17 Battery Place, New York, NY 10004
(212) 509-4000, extension 536
(212) 509-5150 fax
www.continentalstock.com
Investor Relations
Corporate Secretary
Community Bankers Trust Corporation
9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100
Richmond, VA 23233
(804) 934-9999 fax (804) 934-9299
9954 Mayland Drive, Suite 2100, Richmond, Virginia 23233(804) 934-9999www.cbtrustcorp.comNASDAQ Capital Market: ESXB2014 ANNUAL REPORT COMMUNITY BANKERS TRUST CORPORATION ESSEX BANK